CA1341461C - T helper cell growth factor - Google Patents
T helper cell growth factor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA1341461C CA1341461C CA000611819A CA611819A CA1341461C CA 1341461 C CA1341461 C CA 1341461C CA 000611819 A CA000611819 A CA 000611819A CA 611819 A CA611819 A CA 611819A CA 1341461 C CA1341461 C CA 1341461C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- leu
- cys
- thr
- lys
- ser
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 72
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 title abstract description 20
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 title description 10
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 111
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 229940028885 interleukin-4 Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 101001033279 Homo sapiens Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 claims description 41
- 102100039064 Interleukin-3 Human genes 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 37
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 35
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 35
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 26
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 15
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- LRBSWBVUCLLRLU-BZSNNMDCSA-N Phe-Leu-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O LRBSWBVUCLLRLU-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- VMLONWHIORGALA-SRVKXCTJSA-N Ser-Leu-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CO VMLONWHIORGALA-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000880493 Leptailurus serval Species 0.000 claims description 5
- OHKLFYXEOGGGCK-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Ser-Asp-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O OHKLFYXEOGGGCK-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010050848 glycylleucine Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010036320 valylleucine Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- ZIBWKCRKNFYTPT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Ala-Asn-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O ZIBWKCRKNFYTPT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- DYWZQNMGPYXVNS-SRVKXCTJSA-N Ala-Leu-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O DYWZQNMGPYXVNS-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UXHYOWXTJLBEPG-GSSVUCPTSA-N Asn-Thr-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O UXHYOWXTJLBEPG-GSSVUCPTSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UISYPAHPLXGLNH-ACZMJKKPSA-N Cys-Asn-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O UISYPAHPLXGLNH-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- WLIPTFCZLHCNFD-LPEHRKFASA-N Glu-Gln-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N)C(=O)O WLIPTFCZLHCNFD-LPEHRKFASA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PPBKJAQJAUHZKX-SRVKXCTJSA-N Leu-Cys-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(C)C PPBKJAQJAUHZKX-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PNUCWVAGVNLUMW-CIUDSAMLSA-N Leu-Cys-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O PNUCWVAGVNLUMW-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- KSFQPRLZAUXXPT-GARJFASQSA-N Lys-Cys-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)N)C(=O)O KSFQPRLZAUXXPT-GARJFASQSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- IIEOLPMQYRBZCN-SRVKXCTJSA-N Phe-Ser-Cys Chemical compound N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O IIEOLPMQYRBZCN-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- HBOABDXGTMMDSE-GUBZILKMSA-N Ser-Arg-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O HBOABDXGTMMDSE-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010049589 leucyl-leucyl-leucine Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010054155 lysyllysine Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003226 mitogen Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010051242 phenylalanylserine Proteins 0.000 claims 6
- NHLAEBFGWPXFGI-WHFBIAKZSA-N Ala-Gly-Asn Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N NHLAEBFGWPXFGI-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- MEFILNJXAVSUTO-JXUBOQSCSA-N Ala-Leu-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O MEFILNJXAVSUTO-JXUBOQSCSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- YWEHYKGJWHPGPY-XGEHTFHBSA-N Cys-Thr-Arg Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N)O YWEHYKGJWHPGPY-XGEHTFHBSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- HPCOBEHVEHWREJ-DCAQKATOSA-N Gln-Lys-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O HPCOBEHVEHWREJ-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- WTMZXOPHTIVFCP-QEWYBTABSA-N Glu-Ile-Phe Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WTMZXOPHTIVFCP-QEWYBTABSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- BHPQOIPBLYJNAW-NGZCFLSTSA-N Gly-Ile-Pro Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)CN BHPQOIPBLYJNAW-NGZCFLSTSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- AKVBOOKXVAMKSS-GUBZILKMSA-N Leu-Ser-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O AKVBOOKXVAMKSS-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- WYBVBIHNJWOLCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-L-arginyl-L-leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(N)CCCN=C(N)N WYBVBIHNJWOLCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- ZBAGOWGNNAXMOY-IHRRRGAJSA-N Pro-Cys-Phe Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O ZBAGOWGNNAXMOY-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- PVDTYLHUWAEYGY-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Glu-Arg Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O PVDTYLHUWAEYGY-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 108010060035 arginylproline Proteins 0.000 claims 4
- 108010013768 glutamyl-aspartyl-proline Proteins 0.000 claims 4
- 108010031719 prolyl-serine Proteins 0.000 claims 4
- LMFXXZPPZDCPTA-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Ala-Gly-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)N LMFXXZPPZDCPTA-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- HZZIFFOVHLWGCS-KKUMJFAQSA-N Asn-Phe-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O HZZIFFOVHLWGCS-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- HVQCEQTUSWWFOS-WDSKDSINSA-N Gln-Gly-Cys Chemical compound C(CC(=O)N)[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N HVQCEQTUSWWFOS-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- PTIIBFKSLCYQBO-NHCYSSNCSA-N Gly-Lys-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)CN PTIIBFKSLCYQBO-NHCYSSNCSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- BBTCXWTXOXUNFX-IUCAKERBSA-N Gly-Met-Arg Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O BBTCXWTXOXUNFX-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- FJWYJQRCVNGEAQ-ZPFDUUQYSA-N Ile-Asn-Lys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)N FJWYJQRCVNGEAQ-ZPFDUUQYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- KTFHTMHHKXUYPW-ZPFDUUQYSA-N Leu-Asp-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O KTFHTMHHKXUYPW-ZPFDUUQYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- URBJRJKWSUFCKS-AVGNSLFASA-N Lys-Met-Arg Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)N URBJRJKWSUFCKS-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 claims 3
- FDMCIBSQRKFSTJ-RHYQMDGZSA-N Pro-Thr-Leu Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O FDMCIBSQRKFSTJ-RHYQMDGZSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- 239000012539 chromatography resin Substances 0.000 claims 3
- 108010060199 cysteinylproline Proteins 0.000 claims 3
- 108010071185 leucyl-alanine Proteins 0.000 claims 3
- DRARURMRLANNLS-GUBZILKMSA-N Ala-Met-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O DRARURMRLANNLS-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Arg-Tyr Natural products NC(CCNC(=N)N)C(=O)NC(Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(=O)O UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- QCTOLCVIGRLMQS-HRCADAONSA-N Arg-Tyr-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CC2=CC=C(C=C2)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N)C(=O)O QCTOLCVIGRLMQS-HRCADAONSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- WOZDCBHUGJVJPL-AVGNSLFASA-N Arg-Val-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N WOZDCBHUGJVJPL-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 claims 2
- APHUDFFMXFYRKP-CIUDSAMLSA-N Asn-Asn-Lys Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)N APHUDFFMXFYRKP-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- XOQYDFCQPWAMSA-KKHAAJSZSA-N Asn-Val-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O XOQYDFCQPWAMSA-KKHAAJSZSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- KPSHWSWFPUDEGF-FXQIFTODSA-N Asp-Pro-Ala Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O KPSHWSWFPUDEGF-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- DZIGZIIJIGGANI-FXQIFTODSA-N Cys-Glu-Gln Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O DZIGZIIJIGGANI-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- JUNZLDGUJZIUCO-IHRRRGAJSA-N Cys-Pro-Tyr Chemical compound C1C[C@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC2=CC=C(C=C2)O)C(=O)O JUNZLDGUJZIUCO-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- CMYVIUWVYHOLRD-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Cys-Ser-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O CMYVIUWVYHOLRD-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- CGVWDTRDPLOMHZ-FXQIFTODSA-N Gln-Glu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O CGVWDTRDPLOMHZ-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- DYVMTEWCGAVKSE-HJGDQZAQSA-N Gln-Thr-Arg Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N)O DYVMTEWCGAVKSE-HJGDQZAQSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- STHSGOZLFLFGSS-SUSMZKCASA-N Gln-Thr-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O STHSGOZLFLFGSS-SUSMZKCASA-N 0.000 claims 2
- VIPDPMHGICREIS-GVXVVHGQSA-N Glu-Val-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O VIPDPMHGICREIS-GVXVVHGQSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- LBCAQRFTWMMWRR-CIUDSAMLSA-N His-Cys-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O LBCAQRFTWMMWRR-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- FGBRXCZYVRFNKQ-MXAVVETBSA-N Ile-Phe-Ser Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O)N FGBRXCZYVRFNKQ-MXAVVETBSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- QLDHBYRUNQZIJQ-DKIMLUQUSA-N Leu-Ile-Phe Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O QLDHBYRUNQZIJQ-DKIMLUQUSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- ILDSIMPXNFWKLH-KATARQTJSA-N Leu-Thr-Ser Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O ILDSIMPXNFWKLH-KATARQTJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- ABHIXYDMILIUKV-CIUDSAMLSA-N Lys-Asn-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O ABHIXYDMILIUKV-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- QQYRCUXKLDGCQN-SRVKXCTJSA-N Lys-Cys-His Chemical compound C1=C(NC=N1)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)N QQYRCUXKLDGCQN-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- YDDDRTIPNTWGIG-SRVKXCTJSA-N Lys-Lys-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O YDDDRTIPNTWGIG-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- MEQLGHAMAUPOSJ-DCAQKATOSA-N Lys-Ser-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O MEQLGHAMAUPOSJ-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- FWTBMGAKKPSTBT-GUBZILKMSA-N Met-Gln-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O FWTBMGAKKPSTBT-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- HHCOOFPGNXKFGR-HJGDQZAQSA-N Met-Gln-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O HHCOOFPGNXKFGR-HJGDQZAQSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- SODXFJOPSCXOHE-IHRRRGAJSA-N Met-Leu-Leu Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O SODXFJOPSCXOHE-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- RIIFMEBFDDXGCV-VEVYYDQMSA-N Met-Thr-Asn Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O RIIFMEBFDDXGCV-VEVYYDQMSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- XQLBWXHVZVBNJM-FXQIFTODSA-N Pro-Ala-Ser Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 XQLBWXHVZVBNJM-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- LUGOKRWYNMDGTD-FXQIFTODSA-N Pro-Cys-Asn Chemical compound C1C[C@H](NC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)O LUGOKRWYNMDGTD-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- DSSOYPJWSWFOLK-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Cys-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O DSSOYPJWSWFOLK-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- JLPMFVAIQHCBDC-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-Lys-Cys Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N JLPMFVAIQHCBDC-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- NBIIPOKZPUGATB-BWBBJGPYSA-N Thr-Ser-Cys Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N)O NBIIPOKZPUGATB-BWBBJGPYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- PJCYRZVSACOYSN-ZJDVBMNYSA-N Thr-Thr-Met Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(O)=O PJCYRZVSACOYSN-ZJDVBMNYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- NVZVJIUDICCMHZ-BZSNNMDCSA-N Tyr-Phe-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O NVZVJIUDICCMHZ-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- BIWVVOHTKDLRMP-ULQDDVLXSA-N Tyr-Pro-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O BIWVVOHTKDLRMP-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- AEMPCGRFEZTWIF-IHRRRGAJSA-N Val-Leu-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O AEMPCGRFEZTWIF-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims 2
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- PHHRSPBBQUFULD-UWVGGRQHSA-N Arg-Gly-Lys Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N PHHRSPBBQUFULD-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- SYAUZLVLXCDRSH-IUCAKERBSA-N Arg-Gly-Met Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N SYAUZLVLXCDRSH-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- TXGDWPBLUFQODU-XGEHTFHBSA-N Cys-Pro-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O TXGDWPBLUFQODU-XGEHTFHBSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- BYYNJRSNDARRBX-YFKPBYRVSA-N Gly-Gln-Gly Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O BYYNJRSNDARRBX-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ZZHGKECPZXPXJF-PCBIJLKTSA-N Ile-Asn-Phe Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZZHGKECPZXPXJF-PCBIJLKTSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- OUUCIIJSBIBCHB-ZPFDUUQYSA-N Ile-Leu-Asp Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O OUUCIIJSBIBCHB-ZPFDUUQYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- WNGVUZWBXZKQES-YUMQZZPRSA-N Leu-Ala-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O WNGVUZWBXZKQES-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- USLNHQZCDQJBOV-ZPFDUUQYSA-N Leu-Ile-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O USLNHQZCDQJBOV-ZPFDUUQYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ASQFIHTXXMFENG-XPUUQOCRSA-N Val-Ala-Gly Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O ASQFIHTXXMFENG-XPUUQOCRSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012540 ion exchange chromatography resin Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 claims 1
- 108010073101 phenylalanylleucine Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 108010002335 Interleukin-9 Proteins 0.000 abstract description 4
- 102000000585 Interleukin-9 Human genes 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 71
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 46
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 40
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 37
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 34
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 33
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 26
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 21
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 108010003914 endoproteinase Asp-N Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 13
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 10
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 9
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 9
- -1 polyoxyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108010051815 Glutamyl endopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 7
- 101150065207 P40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000000447 Peptide-N4-(N-acetyl-beta-glucosaminyl) Asparagine Amidase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010055817 Peptide-N4-(N-acetyl-beta-glucosaminyl) Asparagine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 6
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 6
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- YCXQJNYTDKSMKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylaminodiazenyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CN(C)N=NC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YCXQJNYTDKSMKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010062580 Concanavalin A Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010040923 D3 peptide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 4
- 102100024165 G1/S-specific cyclin-D1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010000540 Hexosaminidases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000002268 Hexosaminidases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101000980756 Homo sapiens G1/S-specific cyclin-D1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007651 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010046938 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-GSVOUGTGSA-N Pyroglutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 4
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acide pyroglutamique Natural products OC(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003277 amino acid sequence analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940047120 colony stimulating factors Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- JDNTWHVOXJZDSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CI JDNTWHVOXJZDSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 125000000430 tryptophan group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 3
- DVBUCBXGDWWXNY-SFHVURJKSA-N (2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 DVBUCBXGDWWXNY-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OFKYTIFKSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(tritiooxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[3H])O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(C)=C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OFKYTIFKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethylmorpholine Chemical compound CCN1CCOCC1 HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CELXWPDNIGWCJN-WDCWCFNPSA-N Gln-Lys-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O CELXWPDNIGWCJN-WDCWCFNPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLWQVJNHMYBLLK-CDMKHQONSA-N Gly-Thr-Phe Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(O)=O LLWQVJNHMYBLLK-CDMKHQONSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000018251 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010091358 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101001076414 Mus musculus Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 101150020277 NCS2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YOOAQCZYZHGUAZ-KATARQTJSA-N Thr-Leu-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O YOOAQCZYZHGUAZ-KATARQTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N adenyl group Chemical group N1=CN=C2N=CNC2=C1N GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011210 chromatographic step Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- MUCZHBLJLSDCSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropyl fluorophosphate Chemical compound CC(C)OP(F)(=O)OC(C)C MUCZHBLJLSDCSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005051 fluostigmine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010085617 glycopeptide alpha-N-acetylgalactosaminidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010034897 lentil lectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000006512 mast cell neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006971 mastocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011451 sequencing strategy Methods 0.000 description 2
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013337 sub-cultivation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N (z)-1-[(z)-octadec-9-enoxy]octadec-9-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC FFJCNSLCJOQHKM-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-ethanedithiol Chemical compound SCCS VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dithiothreitol Chemical compound SCC(O)C(O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQMRRAQXKWFYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-2-sulfanylideneimidazolidin-4-one Chemical compound S=C1NC(=O)CN1C1=CC=CC=C1 PQMRRAQXKWFYQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVZRKVYGKNFTRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 12h-benzo[a]xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C3CC4=CC=CC=C4OC3=CC=C21 VVZRKVYGKNFTRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Nitrophenyl Phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 XZKIHKMTEMTJQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- COXMUHNBYCVVRG-DCAQKATOSA-N Arg-Leu-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O COXMUHNBYCVVRG-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOQFHANLUJDQEE-GUBZILKMSA-N Arg-Pro-Cys Chemical compound C1C[C@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O FOQFHANLUJDQEE-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003950 B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000194110 Bacillus sp. (in: Bacteria) Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XELISBQUZZAPQK-CIUDSAMLSA-N Cys-His-Cys Chemical compound C1=C(NC=N1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N XELISBQUZZAPQK-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011765 DBA/2 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700034637 EC 3.2.-.- Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000993347 Gallus gallus Ciliary neurotrophic factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LTLXPHKSQQILNF-CIUDSAMLSA-N Gln-Arg-Cys Chemical compound C(C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N)CN=C(N)N LTLXPHKSQQILNF-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYSIASRLDJUNP-WHFBIAKZSA-N Glu-Asp Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O FYYSIASRLDJUNP-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGVHCTWYMPWEGN-FSPLSTOPSA-N Gly-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CN KGVHCTWYMPWEGN-FSPLSTOPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001002657 Homo sapiens Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000766306 Homo sapiens Serotransferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000743 Interleukin-5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QZRGKCOWNLSUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iodochlorine Chemical compound ICl QZRGKCOWNLSUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000014647 Lens culinaris subsp culinaris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000043158 Lens esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- TZSUCEBCSBUMDP-SRVKXCTJSA-N Leu-Leu-Ala Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O TZSUCEBCSBUMDP-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100232925 Mus musculus Il4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100125879 Mus musculus Il5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XZFYRXDAULDNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-L-cysteinyl-L-phenylalanine Natural products SCC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XZFYRXDAULDNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004140 Oncostatin M Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000630 Oncostatin M Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710126321 Pancreatic trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Para-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BONHGTUEEPIMPM-AVGNSLFASA-N Phe-Ser-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O BONHGTUEEPIMPM-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047620 Phytohemagglutinins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- BRJGUPWVFXKBQI-XUXIUFHCSA-N Pro-Leu-Ile Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O BRJGUPWVFXKBQI-XUXIUFHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007568 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071563 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589538 Pseudomonas fragi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589774 Pseudomonas sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000829189 Staphylococcus aureus Glutamyl endopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101100218353 Talaromyces purpureogenus axeA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000011102 Thera Species 0.000 description 1
- ZESGVALRVJIVLZ-VFCFLDTKSA-N Thr-Thr-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)N)O ZESGVALRVJIVLZ-VFCFLDTKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SMKXLHVZIFKQRB-GUBZILKMSA-N Val-Ala-Met Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N SMKXLHVZIFKQRB-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEHRGZCNLSWGHK-DLOVCJGASA-N Val-Glu-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O UEHRGZCNLSWGHK-DLOVCJGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCTHZFGSVQBHBW-IUCAKERBSA-N Val-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])C(C)C XCTHZFGSVQBHBW-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003875 Wang resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000269368 Xenopus laevis Species 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]phenyl]methanol Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(CO)C=C1 NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011091 antibody purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001508 asparagines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001793 charged compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007958 cherry flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical class N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000824 cytostatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003145 cytotoxic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005546 dideoxynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-ZXZARUISSA-N dithioerythritol Chemical compound SC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012847 fine chemical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004362 fungal culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010063718 gamma-glutamylaspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009215 host defense mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000055277 human IL2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012606 in vitro cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010002060 leukoregulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N limonene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1CCC(C)=CC1 XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003593 megakaryocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBOPZPXVLCULAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N mesalamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 KBOPZPXVLCULAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004963 mesalazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000066 myeloid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000042567 non-coding RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007968 orange flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000538 pentafluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(*)C(F)=C1F 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000819 phase cycle Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001885 phytohemagglutinin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N protirelin Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CN=CN1 XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000021251 pulses Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012898 sample dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012868 site-directed mutagenesis technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- YEENEYXBHNNNGV-XEHWZWQGSA-M sodium;3-acetamido-5-[acetyl(methyl)amino]-2,4,6-triiodobenzoate;(2r,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-[(2r,3s,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-2,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)N(C)C1=C(I)C(NC(C)=O)=C(I)C(C([O-])=O)=C1I.O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 YEENEYXBHNNNGV-XEHWZWQGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003393 splenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- FRGKKTITADJNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyloxyethane Chemical compound CCOS FRGKKTITADJNOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001502 supplementing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioanisole Chemical compound CSC1=CC=CC=C1 HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940108519 trasylol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical group [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
- C07K14/54—Interleukins [IL]
- C07K14/5425—IL-9
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
- C07K16/244—Interleukins [IL]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S530/00—Chemistry: natural resins or derivatives; peptides or proteins; lignins or reaction products thereof
- Y10S530/808—Materials and products related to genetic engineering or hybrid or fused cell technology, e.g. hybridoma, monoclonal products
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S930/00—Peptide or protein sequence
- Y10S930/01—Peptide or protein sequence
- Y10S930/14—Lymphokine; related peptides
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S930/00—Peptide or protein sequence
- Y10S930/01—Peptide or protein sequence
- Y10S930/14—Lymphokine; related peptides
- Y10S930/141—Interleukin
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Transition And Organic Metals Composition Catalysts For Addition Polymerization (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates generally to a T cell growth factor. More particularly, the present invention relates to a T cell growth factor which comprises a glycoprotein which supports interleukin 2- and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells especially from murine and human sources and further which is capable of augmenting proliferation of IL3- or IL4-responsive cells. Even more particularly, the present invention relates to the helper T cell growth factor P40, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, antibodies thereto and recombinant DNA clones thereof. The present invention also contemplates a method for inducing the proliferation of helper T cells as well as IL3- and Il4-responsive cells. The helper T cells growth factor contemplated herein is useful in the stimulation of specific cells in the immune system, either alone or in combination with IL3 or IL4.
Description
-13~+~~'~6' T CELL GROWTH FACTOR
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates generally to a T cell growth factor. More particularly, the present invention relates to a mammalian T cell growth factor which is a glycoprotein capable of supporting interleukin 2- and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells. This factor is further capable of augmenting proliferation if IL3-and IL4-responsive cells. Even more particularly, the present invention relates to the helper T cell growth factor P40, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and antibodies thereto. The present invention also contemplates a method for inducing the proliferation of helper T cells as well as IL3- and IL4-responsive cells. The helper T cell growth factor contemplated herein is useful in the stimulation of specific cells in the immune system.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Many cytokines are polypeptides which directly or indirectly mediate host defense mechanisms and/or which mediate tissue growth differentiation. Cytokines have been recognized which mediate host defense against cancer and/or infection. Such cytokines include the interferons (IFN- of , IFN-f3 and IFN- 7 ) , tumor necrosis factor (TNF-oC ) , lymphotoxin (TNF-f3), the interleukins (IL1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6), leukoregulin, natural killer cell cytotoxic factor (NKCF), transforming growth factor (TGF), colony stimulating factors (CSF) such as macrophage (M-CSF), granulocyte (G-CSF) ':
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates generally to a T cell growth factor. More particularly, the present invention relates to a mammalian T cell growth factor which is a glycoprotein capable of supporting interleukin 2- and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells. This factor is further capable of augmenting proliferation if IL3-and IL4-responsive cells. Even more particularly, the present invention relates to the helper T cell growth factor P40, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and antibodies thereto. The present invention also contemplates a method for inducing the proliferation of helper T cells as well as IL3- and IL4-responsive cells. The helper T cell growth factor contemplated herein is useful in the stimulation of specific cells in the immune system.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Many cytokines are polypeptides which directly or indirectly mediate host defense mechanisms and/or which mediate tissue growth differentiation. Cytokines have been recognized which mediate host defense against cancer and/or infection. Such cytokines include the interferons (IFN- of , IFN-f3 and IFN- 7 ) , tumor necrosis factor (TNF-oC ) , lymphotoxin (TNF-f3), the interleukins (IL1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6), leukoregulin, natural killer cell cytotoxic factor (NKCF), transforming growth factor (TGF), colony stimulating factors (CSF) such as macrophage (M-CSF), granulocyte (G-CSF) ':
and macrophage, granulocyte-CSF (G,M-CSF) and oncostatin M.
1 Each of the aforementioned cytokines have unique characteristics and a unique range of antiproliferative, cytostatic, antiviral or growth regulatory activity.
Several cytokines are synthesized by leukocytes, commonly in response to stimulation by microorganisms, antigens or mitogens. This has been observed in vitro.
Following this stimulation in cell culture, the supernatant fluid is retrieved and cytokine activity identified, isolated and further characterized. In recent years, it has become increasingly clear that IL2 is not the only factor controlling T cell growth. Indeed, several cytokines, including IL4 (Fernandez-Botran et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 83: 9689-9693, 1986; Lichtman et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, _84: 4293-4297, 1987), G,M-CSF (Woods _et al., J. Immunol., 138 4293-4297, 1987; Kupper et al., J.
Immunol., 138: 4288-4292, 1987) and, in a human system, the combination of IL1 and IL6 (Houssiau et al., Eur. J.
Immunol., 18: 653-656, 1988), have now been shown to induce IL2-independent T cell proliferations. Consequently, the regulation of T cell growth is more complex than originally thought, although IL2 is a potent and broadly active T cell growth factor.
An important subset of T cells is the helper T cell (TH). At least two types of helper T cells have been identified on the basis of functional criteria. One type of TH cell (TH1) helps B cells in a linked, antigen-specific manner, and is required early in the response. Another type of TH (TH2) helps B cells in a nonlinked manner and is required later in the response.
Several years ago, a collection of helper T cell lines from lymph nodes of antigen-primed mice was obtained ' ~ -3- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 rising the procedure described by Corradin _et al., _J.
1 Immunol., 119: 1048-1053, 1977. These cell lines were initiated by culture in the presence of antigen and were subsequently maintained, without addition of exogenous growth factors, by regular feeding with antigen and irradiated splenic antigen-presenting cells. Most of these cells produce large amounts of IL3, IL4, IL5 and IL6, but no IL2 and, therefore, belong to the TH2 type defined by Mosmann et al., J. Immunol., 136: 2348-2357, 1986.
In accordance with the present invention, it is surprisingly discovered that two clones derived from the above-mentioned cell lines proliferated in response to their own conditioned medium in the absence of antigen and feeder cells. The subject invention relates to a novel T cell growth factor distinct from other known cytokines. The new growth factor is useful as a therapeutic compound to stimulate proliferation of helper T cells.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to a mammalian T cell growth factor which supports interleukin 2-independent and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells, and is preferably obtained from mouse or human sources.
More particularly, this T cell growth factor is a protein having the identifiable characteristics of P40, derivatives or fragments thereof and the further capability of augmenting proliferation and IL3- and IL4-responsive cells. Methods of isolating P40, its derivatives and fragments are also provided.
Another aspect of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of P40, a derivative or fragment thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier useful in the stimulation 1 of specific cells in the immune system. Optionally, these compositions may also contain IL3 or IL4.
Still another aspect of the present invention relates to antibodies specific to P40, an antigenic derivative or an antigenic fragment thereof useful in diagnostic assays for P40.
Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to a recombinant DNA molecule and expression vectors encoding the polypeptide portion of mammalian P40, a derivative or a fragment thereof, thereby providing a convenient source of recombinant P40.
Still yet another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of proliferating helper T cells which comprises incubating said cells with a proliferating effective amount of P40 or a derivative thereof for a time and under conditions sufficient for said cells to proliferate.
A still further aspect of this invention relates to a method of proliferating IL3- or IL4-responsive cells by administering a combination of P40 and IL3 or IL4 to a mammal, especially a human, for a time and under conditions sufficient to stimulate said cells to proliferate.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 is a graphical representation depicting long-term antigen-independent T cell growth induced by helper T cell supernatant (SN). TUC2.15 cells are grown without feeder cells and antigen in normal medium ( o ), in medium supplemented with IL2 (20 U/ml, ~ ) or with TUC2.15 SN
(5o v/v, ~ ).
Fig. 2 is a graphical representation depicting 1 purification of P40. TUC7.51 supernatant is fractioned sequentially on an Ultrogel AcA54 gel filtration column (A), a TSK-phenyl hydrophobic interaction column (B), a Mono-Q
anion exchange column (C) and Cl-reversed phase column (D).
The shaded area represents P40 activity. Molecular mass standards shown in panel A are bovine serum albumin (BSA, 67 kDa), natural IL5 (45 kDa) and recombinant mouse IL6 (22 kDa).
Fig. 3 is a graphical representation depicting growth factor activity of purified P40. TS1 cells (3 x 103 cells/well) are cultivated in the presence of increasing doses of purified P40. After 3 days, cells numbers are evaluated by measuring hexosaminidase levels.
Fig 4A & 4B illustrates the purity of P40 and its extent of glycosylation. Panel A is a photograph showing silver-stained NaDodS04/PAGE of purified P40. The sample is run under reducing conditions. Panel B is an autoradiograph of 1251-P40 treated with various glycosylases. Mr of standards is given in kDa.
Fig. 5 is a graphic illustration of the sequencing strategy of the murine P40 gene.
Fig. 6 is a graphic illustration of the expression of recombinant P40 in fibroblasts.
Fig. 7 shows the amino acid sequence of murine P40 obtained b chemical se uencin and the various Y q g peptides used in obtaining this sequence.
Fig. 8 is a graphic illustration of the separation of endoproteinase Asp-N peptides of Cm-P40 by RP-HPLC.
Fig. 9 is a graphic illustration of a multi-wavelength plot of the HPLC profile of Fig. 8 using a 13414fi1 hotodiode array detector at wavelengths of (A) 290 nm, 1 (B) 280 nm, (C) 254 nm and (D) 215 nm.
Fig. 10 is a graphic illustration of a derivative spectral analysis of endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1 with the zero order spectrum indicated by (---) and the second order spectrum indicated by ( ).
Fig. 11 is a graphic illustration of the microbore RP-HPLC separation of peptides of Cm-P40 derived from digestion with various proteases. Panel A shows the peptides from _S. aureus V8 protease digestion of Cm-P40 endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D3. Panel B shows the peptides from a chymotrypsin digestion of Cm-P40. Panel C shows the peptides from a trypsin digestion of Cm-P40.
Fig. 12 is a graphic illustration of the elution profile of the blocked amino terminal peptide D1 and related synthetic peptides on RP-HPLC. Z indicates pyroglutamic acid.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a mammalian T cell growth factor which comprises a protein which supports, or is capable of supporting, interleukin 2 (IL2)-independent and interleukin 4 (IL4)-independent growth of helper T cells in the absence of antigen. In accordance with the present invnetion and using the methods contained herein, said T cell growth factor is biologically pure. By biologically pure is meant a composition comprising said T cell growth factor.
The composition may comprise homogeneous T cell growth factor or may consist essentially of T cell growth factor. As used in the specification and appended claims, supporting IL2-independent and IL4-independent growth of helper T cells refers to the ability for said cells to proliferate in the absence of IL2 and/or IL4.' This feature distinguishes the 1 subject growth factor from others presently known. In accordance with the present invention, this ability is due to a novel and heretofore unknown T cell growth factor.
Hereinafter, said growth factor is referred to as P40. As defined herein, derivatives of P40 encompass synthetic and naturally occurring amino acid substitutions, deletions and/or insertions as will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
For example, non-essential amino acid deletions, i.e., deletion of amino acids which do not affect the activity of P40 are obtainable by genetic engineering means.
Furthermore, fragments of P40 are contemplated by the present invention. These fragments are peptides obtained from the P40 protein and may be prepared by proteolysis of purified P40. The peptides are purified by conventional means such as HPLC chromatography and the like, and are useful in determining the P40 amino acid sequence in preparing antibodies to specific domains of P40 and in identifying the P40 domains involved in stimulating T cell growth.
an antigenic derivative of P40 is defined to be a portion of P40 which is capable of reacting with an antibody specific to P40. All such derivatives are encompassed by the subject invention.
Accordingly, P40 is a protein, and more articularl p y, a glycoprotein, capable of supporting long-term IL2-independent and IL4-independent growth of helper T cell lines in the absence of antigen, and is isolated from helper T cell lines, especially mammalian lines like murine and human helper T cell lines. P40 is functionally distinct from all known interleukins and colony-stimulating factors. P40 is purified from the supernatant (SN) of lectin-stimulated _g_ mouse helper T cell lines to a specific activity of from 1 about IO U/mg to about 1010 U/mg, but generally to about 10$ U/mg and characterized as a basic (gI 10 for murine P40) single chain protein with a Mr of from about 30 to about 40 kDa.
P40 can be purified from the supernatant fluid of antigen stimulated mouse helper T cell clones (TUC2.15 and TUC7.51). Briefly, the supernatant f lui.d is concentrated and applied to a TSK-Phenyl chromatography column. Fractions with growth f actor activity on factor-dependent TS1 cells are pooled, further fractionated on a *Mono-Q chromatography column, and the resulting active fractions applied to a C1 reversed-phase HPLC column. Pure murine P40 is eluted at a' concentration of about 35o acetonitrile.
Two observations indicate that P40 is a glycoprotein: (i) its heterogeneous migration pattern in NaDodSO4/PAGE and (ii) its binding to lentil lectin, which points to the presence of N-linked carbohydrate side chains.
Consistent with this observation, a number of potential N-glycosylation sites (Asn-X-Thr motif) have been identified in the protein sequence determination. Moreover, additional evidence for extensive glycosylation of the molecule is obtained in experiments with N-glycanase treatment, which reduced the Mr of P40 to about 15 kDa. P40 is a stable molecule whose biological activity is not altered after exposure to NaDodSQ
4, acid pH or acetonitrile. By contrast, its activity is destroyed by 2-mercaptoethanol, which suggests that intramolecular disulfide bridges play an important role in maintaining appropriate folding of the molecule. P40 is also distinguished from known proteins on the basis of its cem lete amino acid se p quence. The DNA and *Trade mark amino acid sequence of murine P40 and human P40 are described 1 herein and indicate that the two proteins are 55~ homologous.
In addition to the aforementioned distinguishing structural characteristics of P40, it also differs functionally from IL2. P40 is completely inactive on cytolytic T cell clones under conditions where their response to IL2 is very strong; conversely, IL2 fails to support long-term antigen independent growth of helper T cell lines, whereas P40 is very active in this system. To date, long-term growth of helper cells in response to P40 means greater than two months and may be indefinite. In contrast with these differences, a correlation is observed between the sensitivity of helper T cell lines to P40 and IL4, indicating that T cell activation by these two molecules is similarly regulated. However, the range of activities of IL4, which also stimulates the growth of a variety of IL3-dependent cell lines and of cytolytic T cells (Mosmann et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 83: 5654-5658, 1986; Widmer et al., Nature, 326: 795-798, 1987) is broader than that of P40, indicating that the functional overlap between the two factors, IL4 and p40, is only partial.
Another advantage of the subject T cell growth factor, P40, is the surprising discovery that P40 is specific for helper T cell lines. This indicates the existence of a growth-stimulatory mechanism restricted to the helper T cell subset. Such a mechanism is important for maintaining the balance between the supply of helper T cell products like IL2 and IL4 and their increased consumption by other lymphocytes activated in the course of the immune response.
While investigating the range of P40 activity, it was surprisingly discovered that P40 augments proliferation of IL3- or IL4-responsive cells in a synergistic manner. As -lo- 1 3 4 1 4 ~ 1 used herein, IL3- and IL4-responsive cells are immune system 1 cells which proliferate in response to IL3 or IL4, respectively. These cells may include IL3-dependent cells or IL4-dependent cells, but are not limited thereto.
IL3-responsive cells include helper T cells, stem cells, mast cells, eosinophils, neutrophils, monocytes, megakaryocytes, basophils and erythropoid cells. IL4-responsive cells include helper T cells, activated cytotoxic T cells, macrophages, mast cells and B cells (Smith, K.A., Biotechnology, 7: 661-667, 1989).
Hence there is a strong synergism with respect to growth for cells stimulated with P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4.
In a thymidine uptake assay which measures cellular proliferation, the combination of cytokines P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4, can stimulate thymidine uptake by a factor ranging from about 4 to 40 above the stimulatory effect of any one of the cytokines. In general, the synergism between P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4, is dose dependent and cell line dependent. For these proteins and a given cell line, suboptimal doses of P40 range from about 1-25°s of optimal P40 doses, suboptimal doses of IL4 range from about 5-300 of optimal IL4 doses, and close to optimal doses of IL3 range from about 70-1000 of optimal IL3 doses. This synergism provides a further method to stimulate proliferation of IL3-and IL4-responsive cells, especially helper T cells, and is therapeutically useful in treating immune deficiencies, especially those diseases or disease states which benefit from proliferation of specific immune cells such as AIDS, or even from general proliferation of immune cells.
It is within the scope of the present invention to include biologically pure P40 in addition to homogeneous and heterogeneous compositions thereof. Thus in accordance with the present invention, supernatant (SN) from a helper T cell 1 line not requiring antigen or feeders comprises P40. This SN
is able to induce cell proliferation without further requirement for antigen or feeder cells. As further described in Example 1, the proliferation activity is not inhibited by either anti-IL4 or anti-IL2 receptor antibodies, indicating that said activity is mediated neither directly nor indirectly by these molecules. The active ingredient in the aforementioned SN is shown to be, in accordance with the present invention, P40. The SN is active on the test cells, TS1, inducing half-maximal proliferation at dilutions ranging of from about 10 6 to about 10 2 (v/v), and generally ranging of from about 10 5 to about 10 4 (v/v). Accordingly, in accordance with the present invention, the novel T cell growth factor P40 is active in biologically pure form and in homogeneous and heterogeneous compositions. As exemplified herein, SN fluid is a form of heterogeneous composition of P40. Homogeneous compositions are exemplified herein to include pharmaceutical compositions containing homogeneous preparations of P40, its active derivatives or fragments, and the like.
The T cell growth factor P40 is contemplated herein to be useful in stimulating the proliferation of T helper cells in mammals. In a preferred embodiment, P40 is particularly useful in stimulating certain subsets of T
helper cells in mammals. Accordingly, P40 is a new and useful therapeutic compound capable of stimulating specific cells within the immune cells. For example, this is particularly important for human patients carrying defects in certain subsets of T helper cells as may be the case with various AIDS
patients or immune compromised patients. It should also be noted that of the many advantages of the -12- 1 3 4 ? 4 6 ?
present invention, the proliferation of helper T cells by P40 1 will have the additional effect of allowing increased amounts of other cytokines to be produced. Accordingly, the present invention also contemplates a method of treatment of immune deficiency comprising the administrtion of a proliferating effective amount of P40, an active derivative, or an active fragment thereof, for a time and under conditions sufficient to effect proliferation of helper T cells. In accordance with the present invention, the time required for the proliferation of helper T cells ranges from about two days to about seven days.
Accordingly, the subject invention contemplates a method for inducing and maintaining the proliferation of helper T cells, and preferably, certain subsets thereof, in a mammal which comprises adminstering to said mammal a proliferating-effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition containing P40, an active derivative or fragment thereof, for a time and under conditions sufficient for said cells to proliferate. Additionally, a method for inducing and maintaining the proliferation of helper T cells, and preferably certain subsets thereof, in a mammal, is contemplated by this invention in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding P40 is introduced into a T cell in such a manner that said nucleic acid molecule is expressed intracellularly, but extrachromosomally of said cell or following integration into the genome of said cell. In this case, the nucleic acid molecule is carried to said T cell and transferred into said cell by a second nucleic acid molecule (e.g., various viruses). The first nucleic acid molecule is manipulated such that it contains the appropriate signals for expression. That is, in accordance with the present invention, a method for proliferating T helper cells in a -l3-mammal is contemplated comprising administering a first 1 nucleic acid molecule encoding P40, said nucleic acid molecule being contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable second nucleic acid carrier molecule such that said first nucleic acid molecule enters a T cell and is either maintained extrachromosomally or integrates into the genome of said target all in such a manner that said first nucleic acid molecule is expressed so as to produce an effective amount of P40. By nucleic acid molecule is meant the nucleotide sequence which encodes, directly or indirectly, p40 or a derivative thereof. A nucleic acid molecule is defined herein to mean RNA or DNA.
The active indredients of a pharmaceutical composition comprising P40 are contemplated to exhibit excellent and effective therapeutic activity, for example, in the treatment of immune compromised diseases in mammals.
Thus the active ingredients of the therapeutic compositions comprising P40 exhibit helper T cell proliferative activity when administered in therapeutic amounts which depend on the particular disease. For example, from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 m g per kilogram of body weight per day may be administered. The dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the thera eutic situation. A decided p practical advantage is that the active compound may be administered in a convenient manner such as by the oral, intraveneous (where water soluble), intramuscular, subcutaneous, intranasal, intradermal or suppository routes. Depending on the route of administration, the active ingredients which comprise P40 may be required to. be coated in a material to protect said ingredients from the action of enzymes, acids and other 1 natural conditions which may inactivate said ingredients.
For example, the low lipophilicity of P40 may allow it to be destroyed in the gastrointestinal tract by enzymes capable of cleaving peptide bonds and in the stomach by acid hydrolysis.
In order to administer P40 by other than parenteral administration, P40 should be coated by, or administered with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, P40 may be administered in an adjuvant, co-administered with enzyme inhibitors or in liposomes. Adjuvants contemplated herein include- resorcinols, non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecyl polyethylene ether. Enyzme inhibitors include pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP) and trasylol.
Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water P40 emulsions as well as conventional liposomes.
The active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof, and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of stora a and use these g , preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
In all cases the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid 1 polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. The preventions of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredient into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and the freeze-drying technique which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
When P40 is suitably protected as described above, the active compound may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or with an assimilable edible carrier, or it may be enclosed in hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, 1 or it may be compressed into tablets, or it may be incorporated directly with the food of the diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the active compound may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 1% of active compound. The percentage of the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 5 to about 80% of the weight of the unit.
The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
Preferred compositions or preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between about 10 ug and 1000 ug of active compound.
The tablets, troches, pills, capsules, and the like, may also contain the following: a binder such as gum gragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, and the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, oil of witnergreen or cherry flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to otherwise modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets, pills or capsules may be coated with shellac, sugar or both. A syrup or elixir may contain the active compound, sucrose as a sweetening agent, -1'- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and 1 flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor. Of course, any material used in preparing any dosage unit form should be pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the active compound may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated;
each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the novel dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active material and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active material for the treatment of disease in living subjects having a diseased condition in which bodily health is impaired as herein disclosed in detail.
The principal active ingredient is compounded for convenient and effective administration in effective amounts with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in dosage unit form as hereinbefore disclosed. A unit dosage form can, for example, contain the principal active compound in amounts ranging from 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. Expressed in proportions, the active compound is generally present in from about 10 ug to about 2000 mg/ml of carrier. In the case of compositions containing supplementary active ingredients, the -'~~- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 dosages are determined by reference to the usual dose and 1 manner of administration of the said ingredients.
As used herein "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
A further aspect of this invention contemplates the use of P40 with IL3 ox IL4 in a method to stimulate proliferation of IL3- or IL4-responsive cells and in a method of treatment of immune deficiency. Such methods are practiced in accordance with the therapeutic methods involving only P40 and as described herein. Likewise, pharmaceutical compositions containing P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4 are provided in accordance with those which contain PQ0 alone. Further in this regard, IL3 and IL4 are commercially available and are used in therapeutically effective amounts. Pharmaceutically effective amounts of P40 when used in conjunction with IL3 or TL9 are the same as when P40 is used alone. Likewise, pharmaceutically effective amounts of IL3 or IL4 amounts can be similar to those provided fox P90 alone. Preferred compositions of P40 and IL3 according to the present invention are prepared so that a unit dosage form contains each protein in an amount ranging from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. Preferred compositions of P40 and IL4 are likewise prepared so that a unit dosage form contains each protein in an amount ranging from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. In these compositions, the relative 1 amount of P40 to IL3 or IL4 can be varied or the same.
The present invention also relates to antibodies to P40, its derivatives or fragments. Such antibodies are contemplated to be useful in developing detection assays (immunoassays) for P40, especially during the monitoring of a therapeutic regimen and in the purification of P40. The antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal. Additionally, it is within the scope of this invention to include any second antibodies (monoclonal or polyclonal) directed to the first antibodies discussed above. The present invention further contemplates use of these second antibodies in detection assays and, for example, in monitoring the effect of an adminstered pharmaceutical preparation. Furthermore, it is within the scope of the present invention to include antibodies to the glycosylated regions of P40, and to any molecules complexed with said P40. Accordingly, in accordance with this invention, an antibody to P40 encompasses antibodies to P40, or antigenic parts thereof, and to any associated molecules (e. g., glycosylated regions, lipid regions, carrier molecules, and the like).
The P40, or parts thereof, considered herein are purified, as exemplified in Example 3, then utilized in antibody production. Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are obtainable by immunization with P40, its derivatives, polypeptides or fragments, and either type is utilizable for immunoassays. The methods of obtaining both types of sera are well known in the art. Polyclonal sera are less preferred, but are relatively easily prepared by injection of a suitable laboratory animal with an effective amount of the purified P40, or parts thereof, collecting serum from the animal and isolating specific sera by any of v. ,. . a , , -20- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 the known immunoadsorbent techniques. Although antibodies 1 produced by this method are utilizable in virtually any type of immunoassay, they are generally less favored because of the potential heterogeneity of the product.
The use of monoclonal antibodies in the present immunoassay is particularly preferred because of the ability to produce them in large quantities and the homogeneity of the product. The preparation of hybridoma cell lines for monoclonal antibody production derived by fusing an immortal cell line and lymphocytes sensitized against the immunogenic preparation can be done by techniques which are well known to those who are skilled in the art. (See, for example, Douillard, J.Y. and Hoffman, T., "Basic Facts About Hybridomas," in Compendium of Immunology, Vol. II, L.
Schwartz (Ed.) (1981); Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Nature, 256: 495-497 (1975); European Journal of Immunology, 6: 511-519 (1976), Koprowski et al., U.S. Patent 4,172,124, Koprowski et al., U.S. Patent 4,196,265 and Wands, U.S.
Patent 4,271,145.
Unlike preparation of polyclonal sera, the choice of animal for monoclonal antibody production is dependent on the availability of appropriate immortal lines capable of fusing with lymphocytes thereof. Mouse and rat have been the animals of choice in hybridoma technology and are preferably used. Humans can also be utilized as sources for sensitized lymphocytes if appropriate immortalized human (or nonhuman) cell lines are available. For the purpose of the present invention, the animal of choice may be injected with from about 1 mg to about 20 mg of the purified P40 or parts thereof. Usually the injecting material is emulsified in Freund's complete adjuvant. Boosting injections may also be ,~r . , _ required. The detection of antibody production can be 1 carried out by testing the antisera with appropriately labeled antigen. Lymphocytes can be obtained by removing the spleen or lymph nodes of sensitized animals in a sterile fashion and carrying out fusion. Alternatively, lymphcytes can be stimulated or immunized in vitro, as described, for example, in C. Reading, J. Immunol. Meth., 53: 261-291, 1982.
A number of cell lines suitable for fusion have been developed, and the choice of any particular line for hybridization protocols is directed by any one of a number of criteria such as speed, uniformity of growth characteristics, deficiency of its metabolism for a component of the growth medium, and potential for good fusion frequency.
Intraspecies hybrids, particularly between like strains, work better than interspecies fusions. Several cell lines are available, including mutants selected for the loss of ability to secrete myeloma immunoglobulin. Included among these are the following mouse myeloma lines: MPC11-X45-6TG, P3-NS1-1-Ag4-1. P3-X63-Ag8, or mutants thereof such as X63-Ag8.653, SP2-0-Agl4 (all BALB/C derived), Y3-'Ag1.2.3 (rat) and U266 (human).
Cell fusion can be induced either by virus, such as Epstein-Barr or Sendai virus, or polyethylene glycol.
Polyethylene glycol (PEG) is the most efficacious agent for the fusion of mammalian somatic cells . PEG itself may be toxic for cells, and various concentrations should be tested for effects on viability before attempting fusion. The molecular weight range of PEG may be varied from 1000 to 6000. It gives best results when diluted to about 20~ to about 700 (w/w) in saline or serum-free medium. Exposure to PEG at 37°C for about 30 seconds is preferred in the present case, utilizing murine cells. Extremes of temperature (i.e., about 45°C) are avoided, and preincubation of each component 1 of the fusion system at 37°C prior to fusion gives optimum results. The ratio between lymphocytes and malignant cells is optimized to avoid cell fusion among spleen cells and a range of from about 1:1 to about 1:10 gives good results.
The successfully fused cells can be separated from the myeloma line by any technique known by the art. The most common and preferred method is to choose a malignant line which is Hypoxanthine Guanine Phosphoribosyl Transferase (HGPRT) deficient, which will not grow in an aminopterin-containing medium used to allow only growth of hybrids and which is generally composed of hypoxanthine 1.10 4 M, aminopterin 1 x 10 5 M and thymidien 3 x 10 5 M, commonly known as the HAT medium. The fusion mixture can be grown in the HAT-containing culture medium immediately after the fusion 24 hours later. The feeding schedules usually entail maintenance in HAT medium for two weeks and then feeding with either regular culture medium or hypoxanthine, thymidine-containing medium.
The growing colonies are then tested for the presence of antibodies that recognize the antigenic preparation. Detection of hybridoma antibodies can be performed using an assay where the antigen is bound to a solid support and allowed to react to hybridoma supernatants containing putative antibodies. The presence of antibodies may be detected by "sandwich" techniques using a variety of indicators. Most of the common methods are sufficiently sensitive for use in the range of antibody concentrations secreted during hybrid growth.
Cloning of hybrids can be carried out after 21-23 days of cell growth in selected medium. Cloning can be performed by cell limiiting dilution in fluid phase or by directly selecting single cells growing in semi-solid 1 agarose. For limiting dilution, cell suspensions are diluted serially to yield a statistical probability of having only one cell per well. For the agarose technique, hybrids are seeded in a semi-solid upper layer, over a lower layer containing feeder cells. The colonies from the upper layer may be picked up and eventually transferred to wells.
Antibody-secreting hybrids can be grown in various tissue culture flasks, yielding supernatants with variable concentrations of antibodies. In order to obtain higher concentrations, hybrids may be transferred into animals to obtain inflammatory ascites. Antibody-contaning ascites can be harvested 8-12 days after intraperitoneal injection. The ascites contain a higher concentration of antibodies but include both monoclonals and immunoglobulines from the inflammatory ascites. Antibody purification may then be achieved by, for example, affinity chromatography.
The presence of P40 contemplated herein, or antibodies specific for same, in a patient's serum, tissue or tissue extract, can be detected utilizing antibodies prepared as above either monoclonal or polyclonal, in virtually any type of immunoassay. A wide range of immunoassay techniques are available as can be seen by reference to U.S. Patent Nos.
1 Each of the aforementioned cytokines have unique characteristics and a unique range of antiproliferative, cytostatic, antiviral or growth regulatory activity.
Several cytokines are synthesized by leukocytes, commonly in response to stimulation by microorganisms, antigens or mitogens. This has been observed in vitro.
Following this stimulation in cell culture, the supernatant fluid is retrieved and cytokine activity identified, isolated and further characterized. In recent years, it has become increasingly clear that IL2 is not the only factor controlling T cell growth. Indeed, several cytokines, including IL4 (Fernandez-Botran et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 83: 9689-9693, 1986; Lichtman et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, _84: 4293-4297, 1987), G,M-CSF (Woods _et al., J. Immunol., 138 4293-4297, 1987; Kupper et al., J.
Immunol., 138: 4288-4292, 1987) and, in a human system, the combination of IL1 and IL6 (Houssiau et al., Eur. J.
Immunol., 18: 653-656, 1988), have now been shown to induce IL2-independent T cell proliferations. Consequently, the regulation of T cell growth is more complex than originally thought, although IL2 is a potent and broadly active T cell growth factor.
An important subset of T cells is the helper T cell (TH). At least two types of helper T cells have been identified on the basis of functional criteria. One type of TH cell (TH1) helps B cells in a linked, antigen-specific manner, and is required early in the response. Another type of TH (TH2) helps B cells in a nonlinked manner and is required later in the response.
Several years ago, a collection of helper T cell lines from lymph nodes of antigen-primed mice was obtained ' ~ -3- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 rising the procedure described by Corradin _et al., _J.
1 Immunol., 119: 1048-1053, 1977. These cell lines were initiated by culture in the presence of antigen and were subsequently maintained, without addition of exogenous growth factors, by regular feeding with antigen and irradiated splenic antigen-presenting cells. Most of these cells produce large amounts of IL3, IL4, IL5 and IL6, but no IL2 and, therefore, belong to the TH2 type defined by Mosmann et al., J. Immunol., 136: 2348-2357, 1986.
In accordance with the present invention, it is surprisingly discovered that two clones derived from the above-mentioned cell lines proliferated in response to their own conditioned medium in the absence of antigen and feeder cells. The subject invention relates to a novel T cell growth factor distinct from other known cytokines. The new growth factor is useful as a therapeutic compound to stimulate proliferation of helper T cells.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to a mammalian T cell growth factor which supports interleukin 2-independent and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells, and is preferably obtained from mouse or human sources.
More particularly, this T cell growth factor is a protein having the identifiable characteristics of P40, derivatives or fragments thereof and the further capability of augmenting proliferation and IL3- and IL4-responsive cells. Methods of isolating P40, its derivatives and fragments are also provided.
Another aspect of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of P40, a derivative or fragment thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier useful in the stimulation 1 of specific cells in the immune system. Optionally, these compositions may also contain IL3 or IL4.
Still another aspect of the present invention relates to antibodies specific to P40, an antigenic derivative or an antigenic fragment thereof useful in diagnostic assays for P40.
Yet another aspect of the present invention relates to a recombinant DNA molecule and expression vectors encoding the polypeptide portion of mammalian P40, a derivative or a fragment thereof, thereby providing a convenient source of recombinant P40.
Still yet another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of proliferating helper T cells which comprises incubating said cells with a proliferating effective amount of P40 or a derivative thereof for a time and under conditions sufficient for said cells to proliferate.
A still further aspect of this invention relates to a method of proliferating IL3- or IL4-responsive cells by administering a combination of P40 and IL3 or IL4 to a mammal, especially a human, for a time and under conditions sufficient to stimulate said cells to proliferate.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 is a graphical representation depicting long-term antigen-independent T cell growth induced by helper T cell supernatant (SN). TUC2.15 cells are grown without feeder cells and antigen in normal medium ( o ), in medium supplemented with IL2 (20 U/ml, ~ ) or with TUC2.15 SN
(5o v/v, ~ ).
Fig. 2 is a graphical representation depicting 1 purification of P40. TUC7.51 supernatant is fractioned sequentially on an Ultrogel AcA54 gel filtration column (A), a TSK-phenyl hydrophobic interaction column (B), a Mono-Q
anion exchange column (C) and Cl-reversed phase column (D).
The shaded area represents P40 activity. Molecular mass standards shown in panel A are bovine serum albumin (BSA, 67 kDa), natural IL5 (45 kDa) and recombinant mouse IL6 (22 kDa).
Fig. 3 is a graphical representation depicting growth factor activity of purified P40. TS1 cells (3 x 103 cells/well) are cultivated in the presence of increasing doses of purified P40. After 3 days, cells numbers are evaluated by measuring hexosaminidase levels.
Fig 4A & 4B illustrates the purity of P40 and its extent of glycosylation. Panel A is a photograph showing silver-stained NaDodS04/PAGE of purified P40. The sample is run under reducing conditions. Panel B is an autoradiograph of 1251-P40 treated with various glycosylases. Mr of standards is given in kDa.
Fig. 5 is a graphic illustration of the sequencing strategy of the murine P40 gene.
Fig. 6 is a graphic illustration of the expression of recombinant P40 in fibroblasts.
Fig. 7 shows the amino acid sequence of murine P40 obtained b chemical se uencin and the various Y q g peptides used in obtaining this sequence.
Fig. 8 is a graphic illustration of the separation of endoproteinase Asp-N peptides of Cm-P40 by RP-HPLC.
Fig. 9 is a graphic illustration of a multi-wavelength plot of the HPLC profile of Fig. 8 using a 13414fi1 hotodiode array detector at wavelengths of (A) 290 nm, 1 (B) 280 nm, (C) 254 nm and (D) 215 nm.
Fig. 10 is a graphic illustration of a derivative spectral analysis of endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1 with the zero order spectrum indicated by (---) and the second order spectrum indicated by ( ).
Fig. 11 is a graphic illustration of the microbore RP-HPLC separation of peptides of Cm-P40 derived from digestion with various proteases. Panel A shows the peptides from _S. aureus V8 protease digestion of Cm-P40 endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D3. Panel B shows the peptides from a chymotrypsin digestion of Cm-P40. Panel C shows the peptides from a trypsin digestion of Cm-P40.
Fig. 12 is a graphic illustration of the elution profile of the blocked amino terminal peptide D1 and related synthetic peptides on RP-HPLC. Z indicates pyroglutamic acid.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a mammalian T cell growth factor which comprises a protein which supports, or is capable of supporting, interleukin 2 (IL2)-independent and interleukin 4 (IL4)-independent growth of helper T cells in the absence of antigen. In accordance with the present invnetion and using the methods contained herein, said T cell growth factor is biologically pure. By biologically pure is meant a composition comprising said T cell growth factor.
The composition may comprise homogeneous T cell growth factor or may consist essentially of T cell growth factor. As used in the specification and appended claims, supporting IL2-independent and IL4-independent growth of helper T cells refers to the ability for said cells to proliferate in the absence of IL2 and/or IL4.' This feature distinguishes the 1 subject growth factor from others presently known. In accordance with the present invention, this ability is due to a novel and heretofore unknown T cell growth factor.
Hereinafter, said growth factor is referred to as P40. As defined herein, derivatives of P40 encompass synthetic and naturally occurring amino acid substitutions, deletions and/or insertions as will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
For example, non-essential amino acid deletions, i.e., deletion of amino acids which do not affect the activity of P40 are obtainable by genetic engineering means.
Furthermore, fragments of P40 are contemplated by the present invention. These fragments are peptides obtained from the P40 protein and may be prepared by proteolysis of purified P40. The peptides are purified by conventional means such as HPLC chromatography and the like, and are useful in determining the P40 amino acid sequence in preparing antibodies to specific domains of P40 and in identifying the P40 domains involved in stimulating T cell growth.
an antigenic derivative of P40 is defined to be a portion of P40 which is capable of reacting with an antibody specific to P40. All such derivatives are encompassed by the subject invention.
Accordingly, P40 is a protein, and more articularl p y, a glycoprotein, capable of supporting long-term IL2-independent and IL4-independent growth of helper T cell lines in the absence of antigen, and is isolated from helper T cell lines, especially mammalian lines like murine and human helper T cell lines. P40 is functionally distinct from all known interleukins and colony-stimulating factors. P40 is purified from the supernatant (SN) of lectin-stimulated _g_ mouse helper T cell lines to a specific activity of from 1 about IO U/mg to about 1010 U/mg, but generally to about 10$ U/mg and characterized as a basic (gI 10 for murine P40) single chain protein with a Mr of from about 30 to about 40 kDa.
P40 can be purified from the supernatant fluid of antigen stimulated mouse helper T cell clones (TUC2.15 and TUC7.51). Briefly, the supernatant f lui.d is concentrated and applied to a TSK-Phenyl chromatography column. Fractions with growth f actor activity on factor-dependent TS1 cells are pooled, further fractionated on a *Mono-Q chromatography column, and the resulting active fractions applied to a C1 reversed-phase HPLC column. Pure murine P40 is eluted at a' concentration of about 35o acetonitrile.
Two observations indicate that P40 is a glycoprotein: (i) its heterogeneous migration pattern in NaDodSO4/PAGE and (ii) its binding to lentil lectin, which points to the presence of N-linked carbohydrate side chains.
Consistent with this observation, a number of potential N-glycosylation sites (Asn-X-Thr motif) have been identified in the protein sequence determination. Moreover, additional evidence for extensive glycosylation of the molecule is obtained in experiments with N-glycanase treatment, which reduced the Mr of P40 to about 15 kDa. P40 is a stable molecule whose biological activity is not altered after exposure to NaDodSQ
4, acid pH or acetonitrile. By contrast, its activity is destroyed by 2-mercaptoethanol, which suggests that intramolecular disulfide bridges play an important role in maintaining appropriate folding of the molecule. P40 is also distinguished from known proteins on the basis of its cem lete amino acid se p quence. The DNA and *Trade mark amino acid sequence of murine P40 and human P40 are described 1 herein and indicate that the two proteins are 55~ homologous.
In addition to the aforementioned distinguishing structural characteristics of P40, it also differs functionally from IL2. P40 is completely inactive on cytolytic T cell clones under conditions where their response to IL2 is very strong; conversely, IL2 fails to support long-term antigen independent growth of helper T cell lines, whereas P40 is very active in this system. To date, long-term growth of helper cells in response to P40 means greater than two months and may be indefinite. In contrast with these differences, a correlation is observed between the sensitivity of helper T cell lines to P40 and IL4, indicating that T cell activation by these two molecules is similarly regulated. However, the range of activities of IL4, which also stimulates the growth of a variety of IL3-dependent cell lines and of cytolytic T cells (Mosmann et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 83: 5654-5658, 1986; Widmer et al., Nature, 326: 795-798, 1987) is broader than that of P40, indicating that the functional overlap between the two factors, IL4 and p40, is only partial.
Another advantage of the subject T cell growth factor, P40, is the surprising discovery that P40 is specific for helper T cell lines. This indicates the existence of a growth-stimulatory mechanism restricted to the helper T cell subset. Such a mechanism is important for maintaining the balance between the supply of helper T cell products like IL2 and IL4 and their increased consumption by other lymphocytes activated in the course of the immune response.
While investigating the range of P40 activity, it was surprisingly discovered that P40 augments proliferation of IL3- or IL4-responsive cells in a synergistic manner. As -lo- 1 3 4 1 4 ~ 1 used herein, IL3- and IL4-responsive cells are immune system 1 cells which proliferate in response to IL3 or IL4, respectively. These cells may include IL3-dependent cells or IL4-dependent cells, but are not limited thereto.
IL3-responsive cells include helper T cells, stem cells, mast cells, eosinophils, neutrophils, monocytes, megakaryocytes, basophils and erythropoid cells. IL4-responsive cells include helper T cells, activated cytotoxic T cells, macrophages, mast cells and B cells (Smith, K.A., Biotechnology, 7: 661-667, 1989).
Hence there is a strong synergism with respect to growth for cells stimulated with P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4.
In a thymidine uptake assay which measures cellular proliferation, the combination of cytokines P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4, can stimulate thymidine uptake by a factor ranging from about 4 to 40 above the stimulatory effect of any one of the cytokines. In general, the synergism between P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4, is dose dependent and cell line dependent. For these proteins and a given cell line, suboptimal doses of P40 range from about 1-25°s of optimal P40 doses, suboptimal doses of IL4 range from about 5-300 of optimal IL4 doses, and close to optimal doses of IL3 range from about 70-1000 of optimal IL3 doses. This synergism provides a further method to stimulate proliferation of IL3-and IL4-responsive cells, especially helper T cells, and is therapeutically useful in treating immune deficiencies, especially those diseases or disease states which benefit from proliferation of specific immune cells such as AIDS, or even from general proliferation of immune cells.
It is within the scope of the present invention to include biologically pure P40 in addition to homogeneous and heterogeneous compositions thereof. Thus in accordance with the present invention, supernatant (SN) from a helper T cell 1 line not requiring antigen or feeders comprises P40. This SN
is able to induce cell proliferation without further requirement for antigen or feeder cells. As further described in Example 1, the proliferation activity is not inhibited by either anti-IL4 or anti-IL2 receptor antibodies, indicating that said activity is mediated neither directly nor indirectly by these molecules. The active ingredient in the aforementioned SN is shown to be, in accordance with the present invention, P40. The SN is active on the test cells, TS1, inducing half-maximal proliferation at dilutions ranging of from about 10 6 to about 10 2 (v/v), and generally ranging of from about 10 5 to about 10 4 (v/v). Accordingly, in accordance with the present invention, the novel T cell growth factor P40 is active in biologically pure form and in homogeneous and heterogeneous compositions. As exemplified herein, SN fluid is a form of heterogeneous composition of P40. Homogeneous compositions are exemplified herein to include pharmaceutical compositions containing homogeneous preparations of P40, its active derivatives or fragments, and the like.
The T cell growth factor P40 is contemplated herein to be useful in stimulating the proliferation of T helper cells in mammals. In a preferred embodiment, P40 is particularly useful in stimulating certain subsets of T
helper cells in mammals. Accordingly, P40 is a new and useful therapeutic compound capable of stimulating specific cells within the immune cells. For example, this is particularly important for human patients carrying defects in certain subsets of T helper cells as may be the case with various AIDS
patients or immune compromised patients. It should also be noted that of the many advantages of the -12- 1 3 4 ? 4 6 ?
present invention, the proliferation of helper T cells by P40 1 will have the additional effect of allowing increased amounts of other cytokines to be produced. Accordingly, the present invention also contemplates a method of treatment of immune deficiency comprising the administrtion of a proliferating effective amount of P40, an active derivative, or an active fragment thereof, for a time and under conditions sufficient to effect proliferation of helper T cells. In accordance with the present invention, the time required for the proliferation of helper T cells ranges from about two days to about seven days.
Accordingly, the subject invention contemplates a method for inducing and maintaining the proliferation of helper T cells, and preferably, certain subsets thereof, in a mammal which comprises adminstering to said mammal a proliferating-effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition containing P40, an active derivative or fragment thereof, for a time and under conditions sufficient for said cells to proliferate. Additionally, a method for inducing and maintaining the proliferation of helper T cells, and preferably certain subsets thereof, in a mammal, is contemplated by this invention in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding P40 is introduced into a T cell in such a manner that said nucleic acid molecule is expressed intracellularly, but extrachromosomally of said cell or following integration into the genome of said cell. In this case, the nucleic acid molecule is carried to said T cell and transferred into said cell by a second nucleic acid molecule (e.g., various viruses). The first nucleic acid molecule is manipulated such that it contains the appropriate signals for expression. That is, in accordance with the present invention, a method for proliferating T helper cells in a -l3-mammal is contemplated comprising administering a first 1 nucleic acid molecule encoding P40, said nucleic acid molecule being contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable second nucleic acid carrier molecule such that said first nucleic acid molecule enters a T cell and is either maintained extrachromosomally or integrates into the genome of said target all in such a manner that said first nucleic acid molecule is expressed so as to produce an effective amount of P40. By nucleic acid molecule is meant the nucleotide sequence which encodes, directly or indirectly, p40 or a derivative thereof. A nucleic acid molecule is defined herein to mean RNA or DNA.
The active indredients of a pharmaceutical composition comprising P40 are contemplated to exhibit excellent and effective therapeutic activity, for example, in the treatment of immune compromised diseases in mammals.
Thus the active ingredients of the therapeutic compositions comprising P40 exhibit helper T cell proliferative activity when administered in therapeutic amounts which depend on the particular disease. For example, from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 m g per kilogram of body weight per day may be administered. The dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the thera eutic situation. A decided p practical advantage is that the active compound may be administered in a convenient manner such as by the oral, intraveneous (where water soluble), intramuscular, subcutaneous, intranasal, intradermal or suppository routes. Depending on the route of administration, the active ingredients which comprise P40 may be required to. be coated in a material to protect said ingredients from the action of enzymes, acids and other 1 natural conditions which may inactivate said ingredients.
For example, the low lipophilicity of P40 may allow it to be destroyed in the gastrointestinal tract by enzymes capable of cleaving peptide bonds and in the stomach by acid hydrolysis.
In order to administer P40 by other than parenteral administration, P40 should be coated by, or administered with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, P40 may be administered in an adjuvant, co-administered with enzyme inhibitors or in liposomes. Adjuvants contemplated herein include- resorcinols, non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecyl polyethylene ether. Enyzme inhibitors include pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP) and trasylol.
Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water P40 emulsions as well as conventional liposomes.
The active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof, and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of stora a and use these g , preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
In all cases the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid 1 polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. The preventions of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredient into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and the freeze-drying technique which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
When P40 is suitably protected as described above, the active compound may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or with an assimilable edible carrier, or it may be enclosed in hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, 1 or it may be compressed into tablets, or it may be incorporated directly with the food of the diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the active compound may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 1% of active compound. The percentage of the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 5 to about 80% of the weight of the unit.
The amount of active compound in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
Preferred compositions or preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between about 10 ug and 1000 ug of active compound.
The tablets, troches, pills, capsules, and the like, may also contain the following: a binder such as gum gragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, and the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, oil of witnergreen or cherry flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to otherwise modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets, pills or capsules may be coated with shellac, sugar or both. A syrup or elixir may contain the active compound, sucrose as a sweetening agent, -1'- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and 1 flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor. Of course, any material used in preparing any dosage unit form should be pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the active compound may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated;
each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the novel dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active material and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active material for the treatment of disease in living subjects having a diseased condition in which bodily health is impaired as herein disclosed in detail.
The principal active ingredient is compounded for convenient and effective administration in effective amounts with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in dosage unit form as hereinbefore disclosed. A unit dosage form can, for example, contain the principal active compound in amounts ranging from 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. Expressed in proportions, the active compound is generally present in from about 10 ug to about 2000 mg/ml of carrier. In the case of compositions containing supplementary active ingredients, the -'~~- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 dosages are determined by reference to the usual dose and 1 manner of administration of the said ingredients.
As used herein "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
A further aspect of this invention contemplates the use of P40 with IL3 ox IL4 in a method to stimulate proliferation of IL3- or IL4-responsive cells and in a method of treatment of immune deficiency. Such methods are practiced in accordance with the therapeutic methods involving only P40 and as described herein. Likewise, pharmaceutical compositions containing P40 and IL3, or P40 and IL4 are provided in accordance with those which contain PQ0 alone. Further in this regard, IL3 and IL4 are commercially available and are used in therapeutically effective amounts. Pharmaceutically effective amounts of P40 when used in conjunction with IL3 or TL9 are the same as when P40 is used alone. Likewise, pharmaceutically effective amounts of IL3 or IL4 amounts can be similar to those provided fox P90 alone. Preferred compositions of P40 and IL3 according to the present invention are prepared so that a unit dosage form contains each protein in an amount ranging from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. Preferred compositions of P40 and IL4 are likewise prepared so that a unit dosage form contains each protein in an amount ranging from about 0.5 ug to about 2000 mg. In these compositions, the relative 1 amount of P40 to IL3 or IL4 can be varied or the same.
The present invention also relates to antibodies to P40, its derivatives or fragments. Such antibodies are contemplated to be useful in developing detection assays (immunoassays) for P40, especially during the monitoring of a therapeutic regimen and in the purification of P40. The antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal. Additionally, it is within the scope of this invention to include any second antibodies (monoclonal or polyclonal) directed to the first antibodies discussed above. The present invention further contemplates use of these second antibodies in detection assays and, for example, in monitoring the effect of an adminstered pharmaceutical preparation. Furthermore, it is within the scope of the present invention to include antibodies to the glycosylated regions of P40, and to any molecules complexed with said P40. Accordingly, in accordance with this invention, an antibody to P40 encompasses antibodies to P40, or antigenic parts thereof, and to any associated molecules (e. g., glycosylated regions, lipid regions, carrier molecules, and the like).
The P40, or parts thereof, considered herein are purified, as exemplified in Example 3, then utilized in antibody production. Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are obtainable by immunization with P40, its derivatives, polypeptides or fragments, and either type is utilizable for immunoassays. The methods of obtaining both types of sera are well known in the art. Polyclonal sera are less preferred, but are relatively easily prepared by injection of a suitable laboratory animal with an effective amount of the purified P40, or parts thereof, collecting serum from the animal and isolating specific sera by any of v. ,. . a , , -20- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 the known immunoadsorbent techniques. Although antibodies 1 produced by this method are utilizable in virtually any type of immunoassay, they are generally less favored because of the potential heterogeneity of the product.
The use of monoclonal antibodies in the present immunoassay is particularly preferred because of the ability to produce them in large quantities and the homogeneity of the product. The preparation of hybridoma cell lines for monoclonal antibody production derived by fusing an immortal cell line and lymphocytes sensitized against the immunogenic preparation can be done by techniques which are well known to those who are skilled in the art. (See, for example, Douillard, J.Y. and Hoffman, T., "Basic Facts About Hybridomas," in Compendium of Immunology, Vol. II, L.
Schwartz (Ed.) (1981); Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Nature, 256: 495-497 (1975); European Journal of Immunology, 6: 511-519 (1976), Koprowski et al., U.S. Patent 4,172,124, Koprowski et al., U.S. Patent 4,196,265 and Wands, U.S.
Patent 4,271,145.
Unlike preparation of polyclonal sera, the choice of animal for monoclonal antibody production is dependent on the availability of appropriate immortal lines capable of fusing with lymphocytes thereof. Mouse and rat have been the animals of choice in hybridoma technology and are preferably used. Humans can also be utilized as sources for sensitized lymphocytes if appropriate immortalized human (or nonhuman) cell lines are available. For the purpose of the present invention, the animal of choice may be injected with from about 1 mg to about 20 mg of the purified P40 or parts thereof. Usually the injecting material is emulsified in Freund's complete adjuvant. Boosting injections may also be ,~r . , _ required. The detection of antibody production can be 1 carried out by testing the antisera with appropriately labeled antigen. Lymphocytes can be obtained by removing the spleen or lymph nodes of sensitized animals in a sterile fashion and carrying out fusion. Alternatively, lymphcytes can be stimulated or immunized in vitro, as described, for example, in C. Reading, J. Immunol. Meth., 53: 261-291, 1982.
A number of cell lines suitable for fusion have been developed, and the choice of any particular line for hybridization protocols is directed by any one of a number of criteria such as speed, uniformity of growth characteristics, deficiency of its metabolism for a component of the growth medium, and potential for good fusion frequency.
Intraspecies hybrids, particularly between like strains, work better than interspecies fusions. Several cell lines are available, including mutants selected for the loss of ability to secrete myeloma immunoglobulin. Included among these are the following mouse myeloma lines: MPC11-X45-6TG, P3-NS1-1-Ag4-1. P3-X63-Ag8, or mutants thereof such as X63-Ag8.653, SP2-0-Agl4 (all BALB/C derived), Y3-'Ag1.2.3 (rat) and U266 (human).
Cell fusion can be induced either by virus, such as Epstein-Barr or Sendai virus, or polyethylene glycol.
Polyethylene glycol (PEG) is the most efficacious agent for the fusion of mammalian somatic cells . PEG itself may be toxic for cells, and various concentrations should be tested for effects on viability before attempting fusion. The molecular weight range of PEG may be varied from 1000 to 6000. It gives best results when diluted to about 20~ to about 700 (w/w) in saline or serum-free medium. Exposure to PEG at 37°C for about 30 seconds is preferred in the present case, utilizing murine cells. Extremes of temperature (i.e., about 45°C) are avoided, and preincubation of each component 1 of the fusion system at 37°C prior to fusion gives optimum results. The ratio between lymphocytes and malignant cells is optimized to avoid cell fusion among spleen cells and a range of from about 1:1 to about 1:10 gives good results.
The successfully fused cells can be separated from the myeloma line by any technique known by the art. The most common and preferred method is to choose a malignant line which is Hypoxanthine Guanine Phosphoribosyl Transferase (HGPRT) deficient, which will not grow in an aminopterin-containing medium used to allow only growth of hybrids and which is generally composed of hypoxanthine 1.10 4 M, aminopterin 1 x 10 5 M and thymidien 3 x 10 5 M, commonly known as the HAT medium. The fusion mixture can be grown in the HAT-containing culture medium immediately after the fusion 24 hours later. The feeding schedules usually entail maintenance in HAT medium for two weeks and then feeding with either regular culture medium or hypoxanthine, thymidine-containing medium.
The growing colonies are then tested for the presence of antibodies that recognize the antigenic preparation. Detection of hybridoma antibodies can be performed using an assay where the antigen is bound to a solid support and allowed to react to hybridoma supernatants containing putative antibodies. The presence of antibodies may be detected by "sandwich" techniques using a variety of indicators. Most of the common methods are sufficiently sensitive for use in the range of antibody concentrations secreted during hybrid growth.
Cloning of hybrids can be carried out after 21-23 days of cell growth in selected medium. Cloning can be performed by cell limiiting dilution in fluid phase or by directly selecting single cells growing in semi-solid 1 agarose. For limiting dilution, cell suspensions are diluted serially to yield a statistical probability of having only one cell per well. For the agarose technique, hybrids are seeded in a semi-solid upper layer, over a lower layer containing feeder cells. The colonies from the upper layer may be picked up and eventually transferred to wells.
Antibody-secreting hybrids can be grown in various tissue culture flasks, yielding supernatants with variable concentrations of antibodies. In order to obtain higher concentrations, hybrids may be transferred into animals to obtain inflammatory ascites. Antibody-contaning ascites can be harvested 8-12 days after intraperitoneal injection. The ascites contain a higher concentration of antibodies but include both monoclonals and immunoglobulines from the inflammatory ascites. Antibody purification may then be achieved by, for example, affinity chromatography.
The presence of P40 contemplated herein, or antibodies specific for same, in a patient's serum, tissue or tissue extract, can be detected utilizing antibodies prepared as above either monoclonal or polyclonal, in virtually any type of immunoassay. A wide range of immunoassay techniques are available as can be seen by reference to U.S. Patent Nos.
4,016,043; 4,424,279 and 4,018,653. This, of course, includes both single-site and two-site, or "sandwich", assays of the non-competitive types, as well as in the traditional competitive binding assays. Sandwich assays are among the most useful and commonly used assays and are favored for use in the present invention. A number of variations of the sandwich assay technique exist, and all are intended to be encompassed by the present invention. Briefly, in a t ypical forward assay, an unlabeled antibody is immobilized in a solid substrate and the sample to be tested brought into 1 contact with the bound molecule. After a suitable period of incubation, for a period of time sufficient to allow formation of an antibody-antigen secondary complex, a second antibody, labeled with a reporter molecule capable of producing a detectable signal is then added and incubated, allowing time sufficient for the formation of a tertiary complex of antibody-antigen-labeled antibody (e. g., antibody-P40-antibody). Any unreacted material is washed away, and the presence of the antigen is determined by observation of a signal produced by the reporter molecule.
The results may either be qualitative, by simple observation of the visible signal, or may be quantitated by comparing with a control sample containing known amounts of hapten.
Variations on the forward assay include a simultaneous assay, in which both sample and labeled antibody are added simultaneously to the bound antibody, or a reverse assay in which the labeled antibody and sample to be tested are first combined incubated and then added to the unlabeled surface bound antibody. These techniques are well known to those skilled in the art and then possibly of minor variations will be readily apparent.
In the typical forward sandwich assay, a first antibody having specificity for P40, or antigenic parts thereof, contemplated in this invention, is either covalently or passively bound to a solid surface. The solid surface is typically glass or a polymer, the most commonly used polymers being cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene. The solid supports may be in the form of tubes, beads, discs or microplates, or any other surface suitable for conducting an immunoassay. The binding processes are well-known in the art and generally consist of cross-linking, covalently binding or physically 1 absorbing the molecule to the insoluble carrier. Following binding, the polymer-antibody complex is washed in preparation for the test sample. An aliquot of the sample to be tested is then added to the solid phase complex and incubated at 25°C for a period of time sufficient to allow binding of any subunit present in the antibody. The incubation period will vary but will generally be in the range of about 2-40 minutes. Following the incubation period, the antibody subunit solid phase is washed and dried and incubated with a second antibody specific for a portion of the hapten. The second antibody is linked to a reporter molecule which is used to indicate the binding of the second antibody to the hapten. By "reporter molecule," as used in the present specification, is meant a molecule which, by its chemical nature, provides an analytically identifiable signal which allows the detection of antigen-bound antibody.
Detection may be either qualitative or quantitative. The most commonly used reporter molecules in this type of assay are either enzymers, fluorophores or radionuclide containing molecules (i.e., radioisotopes). In the case of an enzyme imunoassay, an enzyme is conjugated to the second antibody, generally by means of glutaraldehyde or periodate. As will be readily recognized, however, a wide variety of different conjugation techniques exist, which are readily available to the skilled artisan. Commonl used enz y ymes include -2s 1 341461 horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase, f3-galactosidase and 1 alkaline phosphatase, among other. The substrates to be used with the specific enzymes are generally chosed for the production, upon hydrolysis by the corresponding enzyme, of a detectable color change. For example, p-nitrophenyl phosphate is suitable for the use with alkaline phosphatase conjugates; for peroxidase conjugates, 1,2-phenylenediamine, 5-aminosalicyclic acid, or tolidine, are commonly used. It is also possible to employ fluorogenic substrates, which yield a fluorescent product rather than the chromogenic substrates noted above. In all cases, the enzyme-labeled antibody is added to the first antibody hapten complex, allowed to bind, and then to the first antibody hapten complex, allowed to bind, and then the excess reagent is washed away. A solution containing the appropriate substrate is then added to the ternary complex of antibody-antigen-antibody. The substrate will react with the enzyme linked to the second antibody, giving a qualitative visual signal, which may be further quantitated, usually spectrophotometrically, to give an indication of the amount of hapten which was present in the sample.
Alternately, fluorescent compounds, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, may be chemically coupled to antibodies without altering their binding capacity. When activated by illumination with light of a particular wavelength, the fluorochrome-labeled antibody adsorbs the light energy, inducing a state of excitability in the molecule, followed by emission of the light at a characteristic color visually detectable with a light microscope. As in the EIA, the fluorescent labeled antibody -2'- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 is allowed to bind to the first antibody-hapten complex.
1 After washing off the unbound reagent, the remaining ternary complex is then exposed to the light of the appropriate wavelength, the fluorescence observed indicates the presence of the hapten of interest. Immunofluorescence and EIA
techniques are both very well established in the art and are particularly preferred for the present method. However, other reporter molecules, such as radioisotope, chemiluminescent or bioluminescent molecules, may also be employed. It will be readily apparent to the skilled technician how to vary the procedure to suit the required purpose. It will also be apparent that the foregoing can be used to detect directly or indirectly (i.e., via antibodies) the P40 of this invention.
Accordingly, the present invention is also directed to a kit for the rapid and convenient assay of P40 in mammalian body fluids (e. g. serum, tissue extracts, tissue fluids), in vitro cell culture supernatants, and cell lysates. The kit is compartmentalized to receive a first container adapted to contain an antibody to P40, or to an antigenic component thereof, and a second container adapted to contain a second antibody to P40, or to an antigenic component thereof, said second antibody being labeled With a reporter molecule capable of giving a detectable signal as hereinbefore described. If the reporter molecule is an enzyme, then a third container adapted to contain a substrate for said enzyme is provided. In an exemplified use of the subject kit, a sample to be tested for P40 is contacted with the contents of the first container for a time and under conditions for P40, if present, to bind to the antibodies contained in said first container. After removal of unbound material (e. g. by washing with sterile phosphate buffered 1 saline) the secondary complex is contacted with the contents of the second container. If the antibodies of the first container have bound to P40, then the antibodies of the second container bind to the secondary complex to form a tertiary complex and, since said second antibodies are labeled with a reporter molecule, when subjected to a detecting means, the tertiary complex is detected.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a recombinant nucleic acid or an isolated nucleic acid molecule, said molecule defined herein to be DNA or RNA, encoding P40 or parts thereof. In one embodiment the recombinant nucleic acid molecule is complementary DNA
(cDNA). It is considered within the scope of the present invention to include the cDNA molecule encoding mammalian P40, preferably murine and human P40, or to regions or parts thereof including any base deletion, insertion or substitution or any other alteration with respect to nucleotide sequence or chemical composition (e. g. methylation and glycosylation). P40 encoded by cDNA is referred to herein as recombinant P40. Moreover, another embodiment of this invention is directed to the genomic P40 gene, which may include recombinant clones like cosmids encoding the entire gene or subclones encoding exons, introns or any region of the mammalian P40 gene. Recombinant DNA encoding such subregions of the gene are useful as hybridization probes to detect the presence of P40 genes.
Methods considered useful in obtaining recombinant P40 cDNA are contained in Maniatis et al., 1982, in Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, pp. 1-545, for example, or any of the myriad of laboratory manuals on recombinant DNA technology which axe 1 widely available. Briefly, polyadenylated mRNA is obtained from stimulated helper T cells and fractionated on agarose gels. Optionally, aliquots of mRNA can be injected into Xenopus laevis oocytes for translation and assayed for P40 activity using the methods contained herein to enriched fractions of mRNA translating into P40 active molecules.
Alternatively, mRNA not enriched is used as template for cDNA
synthesis. Libraries of cDNA clones are constructed in the Pstl site of the vector pBR322 (using homopolymer tailing) or in a variety of other vectors (e. g. the Okayama-Berg cDNA
cloning vectors, Messing cDNA cloning vectors and the like).
Specific cDNA molecules in a vector in said library is then selected by using specific oligonucleotides designed, based on amino acid sequences contained within P40, to encode at least part of said sequence. Particularly useful is the internal, partial amino acid sequence of murine P40 obtained after cyanogen bromide treatment which comprises:
NH2-Ala Gly Asn Thr Leu Ser Phe Leu Lys Ser Leu Leu Gly Thr Phe Gln Lys Thr Glu.
Oligonucleotide sequences based on the foregoing amino acid sequence are particularly useful in identifying cDNA clones encoding P40 or its derivatives. Thus, poly(A)+RNA can be prepared from the murine helper T cell line TUC7.51 after 24 hours stimulation with Concanavalin A (Con A) and used as a template for cDNA synthesis. The cDNA can be cloned into BamHI site of a pUC8 vector, transformed into E. coli and screened using a 64-fold degenerate probe corresponding to the amino acid sequence FQKTEMQ and subsequently with a -30- 1 3 4 1 4 ~ 1 128-fold degenerate probe corresponding to the amino acid 1 sequence ENLKDDP (see Example 9 for the exact sequence of the probes). The resulting positive clones are useful to isolate other mammalian genomic P40 genes and cDNAs. For example, the murine cDNA clone is used to screen a human genomic library, or other mammalian genomic library, to identify either the entire genomic gene or at least an exon thereof.
If only a portion of the gene is isolated by this method, the remainder of the gene can be isolated by "chromosomal walking" with the new clone. Further, a genomic clone is particularly useful to isolate a cDNA clone and vice versa, especially from the same species. Thus, the murine cDNA
clone is used to isolate the murine genomic P40 gene.
The cDNA sequence encoding murine P40 is set forth below with the corresponding amino acid sequence:
-la -to MetLeuValThrTyrIleLeuAlaSerValLeuLeuFheSerSer S' CAGACTCCCGTCAACATGTTGGTGACATACATCCTTGCCTCTGTTTTGCTCTTCAGTTCT
ValLeuGlyGlnArc y SerThrThrTrpGlyIleArgAspThrAsnTyrLeuIleGlu GTGCTGGGCCAGnG' G GCACCACATGGGGCATCAGAGACACCAATTACCTTnTTGAA
100 .
AsnLeuLysAspAspProProSerLys y Se y SerGlyAsnValThrSer y eu AATCTGAAGGATGATCCACCGTCAF.A~, T~G~G TG =.GCGGCAACGTGACCAGC a G TTG
y euSerValProThrAspAs y ThrThrPro y TyrArgGluGlyLeuLeuGln ~~TCTCCGTCCCAACTGATGA TG ACCACACCGT~G TACAGGGAGGGACTGTTACAG
25 so ~o . . _ ._ ._ LeuThrAsnAlaThrGlnLysSerArgLeuLeuProValPheHisArgValLysArgIle CTGACCAATGCCACACAGAAATCAAGACTCTTGCCTGTTTTCCATCGGGTGAAAAGGATA
80 ~ 90 . ValGluValLeuLysAsnIleTh~roSerPheSe "y ~luLysPr ..y ~ Gln ' GTTGAAGTCCTAAAGAACATCAC T~G CGTCCTTTTC TG AAAAGCC TG CCAG
ThrMetAlaGlyAsnThrLeuSerPheLeuLysSerLeuLeuGlyThrPheGlnLysThr 3~ ACCATGGCAGGCAACACACTGTCATTTCTGAAGAGTCTCCTGGGGACGTTCCAGAAGACA
GluMetGlnArgGlnLysSerArgPro GAGATGCAAAGGCAGAAAAGCCGACCATGAAGACAGATGCTATTTATTCTATTTATTGAA
TTTACAAAACCTCCCCTCCTTAACTGTTACAGTGAAGAAATAAACTAAGCTATTCT 3' The cDNA sequence with the corresponding amino acid 1 sequence of human P40 is set forth below:
-Ie HET LEU LEU ALA HET VALLEU 7HR $ER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
MET
GLH GLU ASP FRO ALA $ER LY5 CYS HIS CYS SEA ALA ASN VAL 7HR $ER CY$ LEU CYS
LEU
CAG GM GAT CCA GC7 7CC MG 7GC CAC 7GC AGT GC7 MT GTG ACC AGT ?GT CTC TGT TTG
1!2 GLY ILE FAO SER ASP ASN CY$ 7HA ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN HE7 ASN THR THR MET GLN 7HR AAG 7YR PRO LEU ILE PNE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS $EA VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LY$ ASN ASH LYS CYS PRO ?YR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN 7HR
THA
lO G7A C7A MG MC MC MG 7GT CCA TAT T77 TCC 7G1 GM GAG CCA TGC MC CM ACC ACG
GCA GGC MC GCG C7G ACA 77T CTG MG AGT C7T C7G GM ATT T7C CAG MA GM MG ATu 122 Once identified, cDNAs or recombinant DNAs encoding all or part of recombinant P40 are ligated into expression vectors. Additional genetic manipulation is routinely carried out to maximize expression of the cDNA in the particular host employed. Accordingly, P40 may be Synthesized in vitro by inserting said cDNA sequence into a replicable expression vector, transforming the resulting recombinant molecule into a suitable host and then culturing or growing the transformed host under conditions requisite for the synthesis of the molecule. The recombinant molecule defined herein should comprise a nucleic acid sequence encoding a desired polypeptide inserted downstream of a promoter, a eukaryotic or prokaryotic replicon and a selectable marker such as resistance to an antibiotic.
A promoter consists of a specific nucleic acid sequence that is operably linked to the DNA encoding the desired polypeptide which is capable of effecting expression ,,"., , .,,, , -32_ of said polypeptide. Likewise, the promoter can be replaced 1 or augmented by any other genetic elements capable of effecting gene expression, including such elements as enhancers, transcription terminators, poly(A) signals and the like. The latter three elements are not always necessary and their use will depend on both the vector and host system used for gene expression. The need for any of these elements can be easily determined by one skilled in the art. Promoters are DNA sequence elements for controlling gene expression, in particular, they specify transcription initiation sites.
prokaryotic promoters that are useful include the lac promoter, the trp promoter, the PL and PR promoters of lambda and the T7 polymerise promoter. Eukaryotic promoters are especially useful in the invention and include promoters of viral origin, such as the SV40 late promoter and the Molony Leukemia Virus LTR, yeast promoters and any promoters or variations of promoters designed to control gene expression, including genetically-engineered promoters. Control of gene expression includes the ability to regulate a gene both positively and negatively (i.e., turning gene expression on or off) to obtain the desired level of expression.
One skilled in the art has available many choices or replicable expression vectors, compatible hosts and well-known methods for making and using the vectors.
Recombinant DNA methods are found in any of the myriad of standard laboratory manuals on genetic engineering.
The recombinant molecule may also require a signal sequence to facilitate transport of the synthesized polypeptide to the extracellular environment. Alternatively, the polypeptide may be retrieved by first lysing the host cell by a variety of techniques such as sonication, pressure -33- ~ 3 4 1 4 6 1 dissintegration or toluene~treatment. Hosts contemplated in 1 accordance with the present invention can be selected from the group comprising prokaryotes (e. g., Escherichia coli, Bacillus sp., Pseudomonas sp.) and eukaryotes (e. g., mammalian cells, yeast and fungal cultures, insect cells and plant cultures). The artisan will also recognize that a given amino acid sequence can undergo deletions, substitutions and additions of nucleotides or triplet nucleotides (codons). Such variations are all considered within the scope of the present invention and may be prepared by site-directed mutagenesis technique. Additionally, depending on the host expressing recombinant P40, said P40 may or may not be glycosylated. Generally, eukaryotic cells, for example mammalian T cells and the like, provide glycosylated, recombinant P40. Prokaryotic cells, for example bacteria such as Escherichia coli and the like, do not glycosylate proteins. Hence, both glycosylated and non-glycosylated recombinant P40 are encompassed by the present invention.
Yet another aspect of the present invention provides transformant microorganisms and cultured cells containing the instant expression-vectors. Transformant microorganisms and cultured cells are made by introducing the replicable expression vector encoding mammalian P40, a derivative or a fragment thereof, into the desired cell or microorganisms by transformation or transfection or infection of virus or bacteriophage particles. Processes for transformation are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to CaCl2 treatment and electroporation for bacterial cells and CaP04 co-precipitation, protoplast fusion and electroporation for eukaryotic cells. Direct infection .. , . , , ..., , can be used when the vectors are viruses or bacteriophages.
1 The detailed methods for these techniques can be found in standard laboratory manuals on recombinant DNA technology.
The invention further contemplates any method for incorporating DNA into a host organism.
Another aspect of the present invention relates to the helper T cell lines which produce P40. As defined herein, P40 or compositions comprising same, stimulate the development of permanent antigen-independent T helper cell lines which are maintained by subcultivation every 3 to 4 days in medium with P40. Even more particularly, the present invention is directed to TS1, one of the factor-dependent cell lines derived from TUC2.15.
The following examples further illustrate the present invention.
. .. , .,... ~ , , -35- ~ 3 4 1 4 6 1 wrnrtnr ~
1 Materials and Methods Medium Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FCS), 50 uM
!3-mercaptoethanol, 0.55 mM L-arginine, 0.24 mM L-asparagine and 1.25 mM L-glutamine are used for most cell lines except for 7TD1 and BCL1 which are grown in Iscove's medium.
T Cell Clones and Lines Helper T cell lines are established and maintained in the absence of exogenous growth factors as described by Van Snick et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:9679-9683, 1986. Lines TUC2 and TUC7 are derived from C57BL/6 mice immunized with keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Line TUCS is obtained from the same strain of mice but after immunization with human transferrin. TUC13 is an allospecific BALB/c anti-C57B/6 line. Individual clones are derived from these lines by limiting dilution in the presence of 10$ (v/v) medium conditioned by rat spleen cells stimulated with concanavalin A, and are denoted TUCx.y (where x stands for the number of the line and y for thV number of the clone).
These clones are subsequently expanded and maintained without exogenous growth factors like the parental cell lines.
Cytolytic T cell clones of DBA/2 origin directed against syngeneic P815 mastocytoma are maintained with 50°s (v/v) mixed lymphocyte culture medium as described by Maryanski et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 12:401-406, 1982. For use in growth factor assays, the T cells are separated from feeder cells by centrifugation over a layer of *Lymphoprep (Nycomed AS, Oslo, ~ Norway) washed and incubated at 5 x 104 cells/well.
Proliferations are measured on day 3 after a 6 hr pulse with methyl-labeled [3H]-thymidine (0.5 uCi/well).
*Trade mark ,,: . x Pre aration of Helper T Cell Supernatants 1 TUC2.15 and TUC7.51 cells, obtained from cultures stimulated 2 weeks earlier with antigen and feeder cells, are adjusted to 2 x 106 cells/ml and incubated for 2-3 days in medium containing 0.5% (v/v) FCS and concanavalin A (ConA, 5 ug/ml). Supernatants (SN) are collected by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 20 min. When used for culture, crude SN are supplemented with 0.1 M methyl- oC -D-mannoside.
TS1 Growth Factor Assav Factor-dependent TS1 cells are cultured in 1% (v/v) TUC2.15 SN. Before use in the growth factor assay, the cells are washed free of SN and cultured at a density of 3 x 103 cells/well in 200 ul with serial dilutions of samples to be tested. After 3 days, cell growth is measured by colorimetric determination of hexosaminidase levels according to Landegren J. Immunol. Methods 67:379-388, 1984. The dilution giving half-maximal absorbance at 405 nm is arbitrarily assigned one U/ml of activity.
Other Cell Lines CTLL-2 (Gillis et al., J. Immunol. 120:2027-2032, 1878) is grown with 100 U/ml of human recombinant IL-2 DA-1 (Ihle et al. Adv. Viral Oncol. 4:95-137, 1984), Ea3.15 (Palacios et al. J. Exp. Med. 152:1036-1047, 1980) with 10%
(v/v) WEHI-3 SN as a source of IL3 and 7TD1 with a 1/500 dilution of TUC2.15 SN as a source of IL6 (Van Snick et al.
su ra). Assays using these cell lines are carried out as described for the TS1 line and proliferations are measured either by hexosaminidase determinations or by thymidine incorporation. In vivo passaged BCL1 cells (Slavin et al.
Nature 272:624-626, 1978) are frozen in aliquots and thawed just before use. Proliferation of BCL1 is measured by thymidine incorporation in 7 day-old cultures seeded with 104 cells/well.
. ,~ , . .._, .....~. ,. ..
-37- _.
' 'Cytokines and Growth Factors Purified natural human IL113 (Van Damme et al. , Nature 314:266-268, 1985), recombinant human IL2 (Devon et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 11:4307-4323) and purified murine IL3 (Ihle _et _al. J. Immunol. 129:2431-2436, 1982) are as 5.described Human recombinant granulocyte colony-stirnulatirg factor (G-CSF) and mouse recombinant granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) is described by DeLamarter et al. Embo J. 4:2575-2581, 1985. Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) is described by Heldin _et _al. Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 76:3722-3726, 1979. Epidermal growth factor (EGF) is purchased from Hoehringer Mannheim (Fed. Rep. Germany).
Mouse IL4, IL5 and IL6 are purified as described by Van - - Snick, su ra, and Vink et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 18:607-612, 1988.
Antibodies Anti-IL4 antibody 11811 (Ohara et al. Nature 315:333-336, 1985) and anti-IL2 receptor~antibody 5A2 (Moreau et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 17:929-935, 1987) are as described.
Purification of TS1 Growth Factor Adsorption to silicic acid and gel filtration is performed as described (Van Snick s_upra.). Active fractions from the gel filtration column are pooled, concentrated by ultrafiltration on an'kAmicon YM-10 membrane in the presence of 10 4 (v/v) dilution of Tween 20 and transferred to 1 M
Na2S04 buffered to pH 7.0 with 0.1 M sodium phosphate before injection onto a *TSK-Phenyl column (LKB, Bromma, Sweden) equilibrated in the same buffer. After a 10 min wash in the starting buffer, elution is carried out at 0.6 ml/min with a *Trade mark -38_ _ , ii.near gradient of a 1:1 mixture of a sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M pH 7.0) and ethylene glycol. Active fractions are further fractionated on a'*MonoQ column (Pharmacia Fine Chemicals, Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated in 20 m ethanolamine-HC1 pH 9.5, 20 mM NaCl and 10 ~ (v/v) *Tween 20.
The column is developed at 0.8 ml/min with a 30 min linear gradient of NaCl (8 mM/min). Pooled active fractions are concentrated and adjusted to contain 0.05% (w/v) trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) before injection on a C1 25-nm pore-size TSK *TMS-250 HPLC column (LKB). The column is developed far the first 10 min with a linear gradient from 0 to 35a (W/v) acetonitrile in 0.050 (w/v) TFA, which is followed by a shallow 35-36a gradient for the next 60 min.
--irlow rate is adjusted to 0.8 ml/min; 1 min fractions are collected in Eppendorf tubes containing 10 u1 of 1 M NH4HCO3 and 5 ul of Tween 20 (lo (v/v) in water) and lyophilised.
Total protein is measured f luorometrically with benzoxanthene following Neuhoff et al. Hoppe-Seyler's Z. Physiol. Chem.
360:1657-1670, 1979. The purity of the final product is assessed by NaDodS04/PAGE in 12% (w/v) acrylamide gels.
Isoelectric focusing is performed with a LKB (Bromma, Sweden) vertical gel apparatus. Material is recovered from gels by overnight incubation in 130 mM NaCl containing Tween 20 (10 4v/v) and 10 mM sodium phosphate pH7Ø Affinity chromatography on lentil lectin-*Sepharose is done following the procedure described by the manufacturer (Pharmacia, ~Uppsala, Sweden).
_Amino Acid Sequence Analysis Automated amino acid sequence analysis is performed with an Applied Biosystems sequences (model 477A) equipped *Trade mark with an on-line phenylthiohydanthoin amino acid analyzer 1 (model 120A). In situ cyanogen bromide cleavage of P40 (~10 ug) is performed on the glass fiber sample disk of the gas-phase sequences according to a procedure described by Simpson et al. Biochem. Internat. _8:787-791, 1984, hereinafter Simpson I. Sequence comparisons are made with the following databases: Protein Sequence database of PIR, National Biomedical Research Foundation (release 15.0, December 1987); Swiss-Prot Protein Sequence Data Bank version 5 (September 1987, compiled by A. Bairoch, University of Geneva, Medical Biochemistry Department, 1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland); G.B. trans Protein Data Base Release 1.0 (August 1987) compiled from GENBANK release 50.0 by J.
Coventry, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research, Parkville 3050 Australia; and PG trans Protein Data Base release 38.0 (December 1985) GENBANK, Instit. Pasteur, Paris, France.
1 Detection of T Cell Growth Factory Activity TUC2.15 is a C57B1/6 helper T cell line that requires antigen and antigen-presenting cells for long term growth in vitro. In an attempt to grow these cells without feeders and antigens it is surprisingly discovered that, after supplementing the culture medium with 10% (v/v) autologous supernatant (SN) obtained after stimulation with ConA, this SN is able to induce cell proliferation without further requirement for antigen or feeder cells. This growth factor activity is not inhibited by either anti-IL4 or anti-IL2 receptor antibodies (Table 1), indicating that the activity is mediated neither directly nor indirectly by these molecules.
In addition to its activity in short term proliferations, the SN also readily stimulates the development of permanent antigen-independent cell lines, which are maintained by subcultivation every 3-4 days in medium supplemented with 1% (v/v) SN (Fig. 1). Attempts to derive antigen-independent cells lines with IL2 in this manner are to date unsuccessful. A second helper T cell clone, TUC7.51 also gives rise to an antigen-independent cell line upon culture in autologous SN. The factors active on the two cell lines are apparently identical, since TUC7.51 SN
supported the growth of TUC2.15 cells and vice versa.
TS1, one of the factor-dependent cell lines derived from TUC2.15 is selected for further identification of the growth factor. This choice is based on the observation that TS1 grows quickly, with a doubling time of 11 h, and responds to very small concentrations of SN, half-maximal proliferation being obtained at dilutions between 10 5 and 10 4 (v/v). To determine the specificity of the TS1 assay, cells are incubated with a variety of purified growth factors or crude SN and found that only IL4 and TUC2.15 SN support TS1 growth (Table 2). Since anti-IL4 antibodies fail to inhibit the effects of TUC2.15 SN, the aforementioned activity is a new T cell growth factor.
_41_ 134146?
Proliferation of TUC2.15 Helper T Cells Induced By Autoloqous Supernatant (SN); Independence from IL2 and IL4 Antibodies Added Proliferation in response to IL2 IL4 TUC2.15 SN
(kepm) none 152 18 37 anti-IL2 receptor 4 16 32 anti-IL4 156 1 33 TUC2.15 helper T cells (5 x 104/well) are incubated for 3 days with IL2 (100 U/ml), IL4 (100 U/ml) or TUC2.15 SN (1~
v/v) in the presence of anti-IL2 receptor antibody 5A2 (30 ug/ml) or anti-IL4 antibody 11B11 (10 ug/ml). Thymidine incorporation is measured on day 3.
13414~?
Growth of TS1 in Response to Various Cytokines Factors Dose/Dilution Cell Growth (A405) TUC2.15 SN 1/12.500 1.96 ILl 100 U/ml 0 IL2 100 U/ml 0 IL3 100 U/ml 0.01 IL4 100 U/ml 1.36 IL5 100 U/ml 0 IL6 20 ng/ml 0 GM-CSF 10 ng/ml 0 G-CSF 4 ng/ml 0 M-CSF (crude) 1/4 0.02 EGF 50 ng/ml 0 PDGF 4 ug/ml 0.02 TS1 cells are incubated for 3 days in the presence of various factors or SN. All reagents are tested over a 100-fold range but results are given for the highest dose only. None of the factors that score negatively at the highest dose have any effect at lower does. Cell growth is measured by 5 colorimetric determination of~hexosaminidase levels.
Absorbance (A) of cultures at 405 nm incubated without growth factors ranges from about 0.10 to about 0.15 and is , subtracted.
1 Purification of the T Cell Growth Factor Large batches of T cell SN are produced by stimulating TUC2..15 and TUC7.51 cells with ConA as described Sin Example 1. The active material is concentrated by adsorption to silicic acid and applied to an*Ultrogel AcA54 gel filtration column. The major growth promoting activity, which is destroyed by trypsin, elutes as a symmetrical peak in the 30-40 kDa region (Fig. 2A), and is therefore designated P40. Subsequent experiments are carried out with TUC7.51 SN because the concentrations of P40 are higher in this material.
-- " Preliminary characterization of the growth factor indicates that it has a pI of ~ 10 and is glycosylated, 60%
of the activity being retained on a lentil lectin column.
Based in part on this information, the following purification protocol is adopted. Active fractions from the gel filtration step are further separated by hydrophobic interaction chromatography on a TSK-phenyl column (Fig. 2B) followed by passage through a*MonoQ anion exchange column equilibrated at pH 9.5. At this elevated pH, most contaminants are retained on the column, whereas P40 elutes mainly in the flow-through fractions, as expected from its high gI (Fig. 2C). Final purification is achieved by reversed phase chromatography on a C1-column equilibrated -with 0.05% (w/v) TFA. P40 is recovered in a single peak eluting at an acetonitrile concentration of 35 % (v/v) (Fig.
2D). At the end of this purification, P40 stimulates half-maximal growth of TSl at a concentration of ~-5 pg/ml (Fig. 3), which corresponds to a 2000-fold purification. On average, the overall yield ranges from about 5 to about 10%.
*Trade Niark i~;i The purified protein is very heterogeneous with a 1 Mr of about 32 to about 39 kDa in NaDodS04/PAGE both under reducing (Fig. 4) and non-reducing conditions. Biological activity is recovered from the corresponding fractions of a non-reduced gel, but exposure to NaDodS04 and 2-mercaptoethanol destroys most of the activity.
1 Amino Acid Sequence Analysis of Murine P40 Edman degradation of P40 (.:: 250 pmol) did not yield N-terminal sequence. For sequence analysis, P40 (immobilized on the polybrene-treated sample disk of the sequencer) is acylated (Tarr, Methods of Protein Micro-characterization [ed. J.E. Shively) Human Press, pp. 155-194, 1986) and then subjected to in situ cyanogen bromide treatment as described by Simpson I. Sequence analysis is then continued and yields the following major amino acid sequence (110 pmol): NH2-Ala Gly Asn Thr Leu Ser Phe Leu Lys Ser Leu Leu Gly Thr Phe Gln Lys Thr Glu.
This internal sequence shows no significant similarity with that of other proteins stored in the data bases listed in Example 1.
The determination of the complete amino acid sequence was achieved by chemical methods.
Briefly, before proteolytic digestion native P40 was reduced with dithiothreitol and carboxymethylated with iodoacetic acid to yield Cm-P40. Peptides (indicated in Fig.
7) were prepared for sequence analysis by cleavage of Cm-P40 with endoproteinase Asp-N, trypsin, chymotrypsin, and cyanogen bromide (denoted by D, T, C, and N, respectively in Fig. 7). Subpeptides of the endoproteinase Asp-N were derived by cleavage with Staphylococcus aureus V8 protease (denoted with hyphenated S suffixes). In Fig. 7, amino acid residues not identified are indicated by X.
The exact methodology of amino acid sequence 1 determination is described below:
A. Materials: Tween 20, guanadine hydrochloride (Sequenal grade) and trifluoroacetic acid (F3AcOH; 99 + °s pure grade) were purchased from Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford, Illinois, USA). Iodoacetic acid (puriss grade) was obtained from Fluka (Bucks, Switzerland) and was recrystallized prior to use.
Dithiothreitol was from Calbiochem (La Jolla, California, USA). Sodium chloride (Aristar grade) and acetic anhydride were purchased from BDH (Poole, UK). Cyanogen bromide (Univar grade) was from Ajax Chemical Co. (Sydney, Australia). All other chemicals were of the highest grade commercially available.
Trypsin (treated with tosylphenylethylchloro-methane) and chymotrypsin were purchased from Worthington Biochemical Co. (New Jersey, USA). Staphylococcus aureus strain V8 protease was obtained from Miles Co. (Napperville, Illinois, USA). Endoproteinase AspN from a Pseudomonas fragi mutant and N-glycanase F were obtained from Boehringer Mannheim GmbH (West Germany). All organic solvents were HPLC
grade (Chromar grade, Mallinckrodt, Kentucky, USA).
Deionized water, obtained from a tandem Milli-RO and Milli-Q
system (Millipore, Inc., Massachusetts, USA) was used for all buffers.
B. Preparation of murine S-carboxymethyl-P40 (Cm-P40): P40 1(15 ug in 120 ul 35°s aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1~
(v/v) F3AcOH and 0.02 Tween 20 was concentrated to approximately 10 ul by centrifugal centrifugation (Savant Ind. Hicksville, NY), diluted to 160 ul with 7.5 M
guanidine.HCL containing 0.2 M Tris.HCl buffer, pH 8.5, 0.002 M EDTA and 0.02s (v/v) Tween 20 and then reduced with dithiotreitol (0.015 M) at 40°C for 4.5 h. Alkylation was r ;.
-47- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 achieved by the addition of iodoacetic acid (final 1 concentration, 0.05 M) to the mixture and incubation continued for 30 min at 25°C in the dark. The reaction was halted by addition of 25 ul of 2-mercaptoethanol. Cm-P40 was recovered from the mixture using a reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) procedure previously described (Simpson et al., Eur. J. Biochem.
1176:187-197, 1988 hereinafter Simpson II). The Cm-P40-containing fraction (60 ul) was adjusted to 0.02s (v/v) with respect to Tween 20 and then diluted to 1 ml with an appropriate buffer (containing 0.020 (v/v) Tween 20) prior to enzymatic digestion.
C. Trypsin digestion: Cm-P40 (7 ug) in 1 ml of 1~ (w/v) NH4HC03, pH 7.8 containing 0.001 M CaCl2 and 0.02 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.5 ug trypsin for 16 h at 37°C.
D. Chymotr sin digestion: Cm-P40 (6 ug) in 1 ml of 1%
(w/v) NH4HC03, pH 7.8 and 0.020 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.6 ug chymotrypsin for 16 h at 37°C.
E. Endoproteinase Asp-N digestion: Cm-P40 (15 ug) in 1020 ul of 0.05 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 8.1, 0.02% (v/v) been 20 was digested with 0.7 ug of freshly prepared endoproteinase Asp-N for 16 h at 34°C.
F. Staphylococcus aureus strain V8 protease digestion:
Endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D3 in 1 ml of to (w/v) NH4HC03, 0.02 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.5 ug S. aureus V8 protease at an enzyme/substrate ratio of 1:10 for 16 h at 30°C.
G. Purification of polypeptides by high-performance liguid chromatography instrumentation: Peptide mixtures resulting from enzymatic cleavages were fractionated by reversed-phase 30HPLC on a Hewlett-Packard liquid chromatograph (model 1090A) fitted with a diode-array detector (model 1040A) as described (Simpson II).
H. Column Supports: The following columns were used for the 1 purification of Cm-P40 and derived peptides: (a) Brownlee RP-300 (300nm pore size, 7-um particle diameter, octylsilica packed into a stainless steel column 30 x 2.1 mm i.d. or 50 x 1 mm i.d., Brownlee Laboratories, Santa Clara, California, USA). (b) Dimethylaminoazobenzene sulfonyl chloride (DABS-C1) amino acids were separated and quantitated on a Brownlee PTC amino acid analysis column (220 x 2.0 mm i.d.) (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, USA).
I. Peptide nomenclature: The following prefixes are used to denote the origin of various peptides: T, Trypsin; CN, cyanogen bromide; C, chymotrypsin; D, endoproteinase Asp-N.
Peptides resulting from sub-digestion of endoproteinase Asp-N
peptides with S. aureus V8 protease are denoted by hyphenated S suffixes. Peptides are numbered in the order of their positions in the final sequence.
J. Cyanogen bromide cleavage: After P40 (10 ug) was subjected to several cycles of Edman degradation in the protein sequences without any detectable PTH-amino acids, the sequence analysis was stopped. In situ cyanogen bromide cleavage of native P40 was performed on the glass fiber sample disk of the protein sequences according to a procedure previously described (Simpson, I). Sequences background levels which had arisen during the sequence analysis were reduced by treating the sample disk with 30 ul aqueous 50%
(v/v) N-ethylmorpholine followed by 10 ul acetic anhydride (60 min at 25°C). The filter was vacuum dried and then treated with a 20-fold excess of cyanogen bromide in 70%
(v/v) formic acid for 15 h at 25°C. At the end of this time the sample filter was vacuum dried for 30 min and the sequence analysis continued.
. . . , i . , K. Amino acid sequence analysis: Automated Edman 1 degradation of protein and peptide was performed using Applied Biosystems sequencers (models 470A and 477A) equipped with on-line phenylthiohydantoin (Pth) amino acid analyzers (model 120A). Total Pth-amino acid derivatives from the sequencer were injected onto the liquid chromatograph using a modified sample transfer device as described [Begg et al., in "Techniques in Protein Chemistry", (Hugli, T.E., Ed.) Academic Press, Orlando F1., USA, 1989 ]. Polybrene was used as a carrier.
B
1 1 ~ i wrnnnr ~
Peptide purification by microbore RP-HPLC
Cm-P40 (15 ug) was digested with endoproteinase Asp-N and the digest fractionated by RP-HPLC on a short microbore column (30 x 2.1 mm i.d.), employing a low-pH (F3 AcOH, pH 2.1) mobile phase and a gradient of acetonitrile.
Three major peptide-containing peaks were detected: D1, D2 and D3 (Fig. 8). Spectral analyses of these peptides were performed using real-time photodiode-array spectroscopy and the absorption spectra of peptides D1, D2 and D3 are shown in Fig. 9. The high absorbance at 290 nm of peptide D1 is indicative of the presence of a tryptophan residue. The D2 and D3 peptides have high absorbance at 280 nm and low absorbance at 290 nm which is characteristic of tyrosine-containing peptides. The presence of tryptophan residue in peptide D1 is supported by the derivative absorbance spectrum shown in Fig. 10. Enhancement of resolution by second-order-derivative spectroscopy reveals extrema at 290; 2 nm and 280 ~ 2 nm which are characteristic of tryptophan residues.
peptide D3 was subdigested with S. aureus V8 protease and the resultant digest fractionated by RP-HPLC at low pH (F3AcOH) (Fig. 11A).
Reversed-phase HPLC purification of peptides resulting from treatment of Cm-P40 with chymotrypsin and trypsin were performed and analyzed in a similar manner.
Reversed-phase fractionation of these digests, however, resulted in a complex pattern of peptide-containing peaks (Figs. 11B and 11C). All of the peptide fractions from the first dimension RP-HPLC were subjected to a second chromatographic step using the same chromatographic support and acetonitrile gradient but a different mobile phase (e. g., 13414fi1 unbuffered sodium chloride.or 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH
1 7.0). For some peptides a third chromatographic step was necessary before a homogeneous peptide could be isolated. In the latter situation, an *ODS-hypersil column and a different organic solvent (methanol) were used for the chromatography (Simpson II).
35 *Trade mark avTnrtnr a C
1 Characterization of glycosylation state of P40 Cm-P40 (0.5 ug) was iodinated using the iodine monochloride procedure. 1251-Cm-P40 was separated from free 1251 by sequential gel filtration and cation-exchange chromatography. 125I_Cm-P40, untreated, reduced with 2-mercaptoethanol for 5 min at 95°C, or digested with N-glycanase F (Genzyme, Boston, MA, USA) or endo- off.-N-acetylgalactosaminidase (O-glycan-peptide hydrolase, Boehringer Mannheim) for 16 h at 37°C according to the manufacturers' instructions was electrophoresed on a 10-15$
gradient polyacrylamide gel in the presence of SDS. The gel was stained with Coomassie Blue 8250 using the Phast electrophoresis sytem (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 1251-Cm-P40 was detected by autoradiography using Hyperfilm, MP (Amersham, Buckinghamshire, UK).
Purified iodinated P40 electrophoresed as a single broad band of apparent Mr 32,000-39,000 daltons on 12%
SDS-PAGE in both the unreduced and reduced (2-mercaptoethanol) state (see Fig. 4, Lane 1 and 4) indicating that it is a monomeric protein. Endo- aC -N-acetylgalactosaminidase (O-glycanase) treatement of P40 had no apparent effect on the molecular mass (Fig. 4, Lane 3) but treatment with N-glycanase F caused a reduction in apparent Mr to 15,000-16,000 Da (Fig. 4, Lane 2). The lack of effect of O-glycanase indicates that P40 does not contain O-linked carbohydrate chains or that these sites are not accessible in the intact molecule. Since N-glycanase F releases carbohydrate moieties attached to asparagine residues (N-linked) this indicates that P40 consists of a protein core (Mr 15,000-16,000) with considerable amounts of N-linked sugars.
Murine P40 has 126 amino acids. The calculated Mr 1 from the sequence analysis is 14,150. The difference in the calculated Mr and the measured Mr for native P40 (32-39 kDa) can be attributed to N-glycosylation since upon treatment with N-glycanase F the Mr is reduced to 15,000-16,000 (Fig.
4). The protein sequence data provides information on the post-translational processing of mature P40. For instance, since no amino acid was identified at positions 32, 60, 83 and 96 (Fig. 10) and since these positions meet the criteria for N-linked glycosylation sites (i.e. Asn-Xaa-Thr/Ser), these data are consistent with asparagines being glycosylated at these four positions. Confirmation of asparagine residues at positions 32, 60, 83 and 96 and the COOH - terminal residue (Pro-126) was provided by sequence analysis of a P40 cDNA clone.
1 Analysis of N-terminal block in murine P40 The exact nature of the blocked N-terminus was determined by a combination of amino acid analysis, fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry, and peptide synthesis. These analyses indicated the N-terminus of murine P40 is likely to be pyroglutamic acid.
The methods involved in determining the amino terminal residue of P40 and a discussion thereof follow:
Method A. Amino acid analysis: Amino acid analysis was performed on a Beckman amino acid analyzer (model 6300) equipped with a model 7000 data system or by using the dimethylaminoazo-benzene sulfonyl chloride (DABS-C1) precolumn derivatization procedure using microbore column RP-HPLC (Simpson, et al., Euro. J. Biochem. 153: 629-637, 1985). Samples were hydrolyzed in vacuo at 110°C for 24 h with gaseous HC1 generated from 6M HC1 containing 0.1% (w/v) phenol.
B. Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry: Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry (Barber et al., Anal. Chem., 54: 645A-657A, 1982) was performed using a VG 70/70E-HF
forward-geometry double-focussing mass spectrometer (VG
Analytical, Manchester, UK) equipped with an Ion Tech saddle-field fast-atom gun. Sample was applied in 2 ul of 0.1%
(v/v) aqueous F3AcOH to the sample stage containing 1 ul of pre-applied mixture of dithiothreitol/dithioerythritol (5:1).
Xenon atoms at a potential of 8keV and a discharge potential of 1 mA were used for sample bombardment. Scans were performed at 40s/decade at a resolution of 1500.
Positive-ion spectra were acquired by multi-channel analysis mode using a VG 11/250) data system.
1 C. Peptide synthesis: Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc)-polyamide solid phase peptide chemistry was employed to synthesize two peptides corresponding to the N-terminal decapeptide of P40 (endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1) with either glutamic acid or glutamine as the amino terminal residue. The conventional Fmoc polyamide side chain protecting groups were employed: Trp (CHO); Arg (Mtr), Mtr =
4-methoxy-,2,3,6,-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl); Glu (otBu); Cys (tBu). Pentafluorophenyl (OPfp) esters of all Fmoc-amino acids in dimethylformamide with the exception of Fmoc-Arg (MtC) which was activated as an 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) ester, were employed for sequential coupling of activated amino acids on *RaMPS (DuPont, NJ) Wang resin. Peptide bond formation was generally complete within 120 min provided that the concentration of the OPfp ester was 2.5 x times greater than the concentration of derivatized resin and provided that one equivalent of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole was added to the coupling mixture in order to catalyze the reaction. Upon completion of the synthesis, the peptide was deprotected and cleaved from the resin by extended treatment with F3AcOH
(containing 5.4o thioanisol, 0.60 1,2-ethanedithiol). Crude synthetic peptides and their derivatives (e. g.
S-carboxymethyl-peptides) were purified by reversed-phase HPLC. The pure synthetic peptides chromatographed as single peaks on reversed-phase HPLC (Brownlee RP-300 column 30 x 2.1 mm, i.d.) and gave the expected amino acid ratios.
Peptides (30 ug in 100 ul O.lo F3AcOH) were acetylated with acetic anhydride by treatment with 6 ul *Trade mark ,..~, t.
~ ~ , N-ethylmorpholine (Pierce, sequenal grade) followed by 2 ul acetic anhydride (Fluka, puriss grade) for 10 min at 25°C.
Formation of pyroglutamyl peptides was accomplished by treating the glutamine peptide at 110°C for 16 h at pH 7.8 under nitrogen.
Discussion Analysis of three major Asp-N peptides (D1-D3) and the S. aureus V8 protease subpeptides of D3 provided 65% of the P40 amino acid sequence. Of the three peptides, D1, the single tryptophan-containing peptide was N d blocked, indicating that this peptide was derived from the N-terminal portion of the polypeptide chain. The amino acid composition of the N-blocked Asp-N peptide D1 was consistent with the tryptophan-containing tryptic peptide T1 with the N-terminal addition of two extra residues (Glx and Arg).
Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry (FAB-MS) of Asp-N peptide D1 revealed a protonated molecular ion (N~i+) of mass 1248 which only corresponds to the amino acid composition of this peptide if the blocking group was assumed to be pyroglutamic acid. The nature of the N-blocking group was examined using two synthetic decapeptides D1 with either glutamic acid or glutamine at the amino terminus (see Fig. 7 and 12). As shown in Fig. 12, the endoproteinase Asp-N
peptide D1 and the pyroglutamyl synthetic peptide co-chromatographed on reversed-phase HPLC (retention time, 20.50 ~ -.2 min) and were well resolved from the glutamyl synthetic peptide (retention time, 22.70 ~ 0.2 min). After acetylation, the chromatographic behavior of D1 and the pyroglutamyl synthetic peptide was identical (no increase in retention time) while the acetylated glutamyl synthetic 3~ peptide exhibited a marked increase in retention behavior v . i (retention time was 28.97 ~ 0.2 min compared to the non-acetylated form, 22.70 ~ 0.2 min). The amino terminus of P40 is likely to be pyroglutamic acid since the amino-terminal endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1 behaves in exactly the same manner as the synthetic pyroglutamyl peptide before arid after acetylation on reversed-phase HPLC. FAB-MS of the glutamyl synthetic peptide yielded a molecular mass of 1248 which was in perfect agreement with that obtained for Asp-N
peptide D1.
_58-r.. ~ ..rr r Biological Activity of Purified P40 Purified P40, at concentrations up to 20 ng/ml, did not support the proliferation of either IL3-dependent myeloid cell lines (FDCP-1, Ea3.15 and DA-1), IL5-dependent B cell lymphoma BCL1, or IL6-dependent B cell hybridoma 7TD1.
Unlike IL2, and to some extent IL4, it also fails to stimulate any of six cytolytic T cell clones tested (Table 3). By contrast, strong proliferations are observed with some but not all helper T cell lines. Both IL2-producing (TH1 type, TUC7.33) and IL4-producing (TH2 type, e.g., TUC2.15) clones are found among the responders. A
significant correlation, illustrated in Table 3 for clone TUC7.51, is observed between the time spent in culture and the responses to P40 and IL4.
c'~.bd . ~' . . . . . .
......~ .
-~. c ~. x .
n ~ 1 3 4 1 1 N . b ~' .
N n '-o N ~, O I ft O ~ '.,3 N
a O
a ~ n ~ ~ (D (' n. N- co H
n H
~ n N ~ n ' G O fD
~
p~ N
~ ~C (D N n ft r ~' a W .
w rt O
rt ~, ~ M
o H '~ '~ H H H H H ro ro ro b ro n n n ~ ~ .
~ n ~ n ~ ;- H
,..., .a W W
.
H.. V V1 tJ1 .' 1--1 Vt V7 n Wt V V N N N
' (D
W tn ..
.. ~" ~ v ~ w g o ~ O ~ E-' ~ ' t ~ H
.. a J ~ o _ ~' m ~ tr' n G ~ N
O W
~ Hr rt ( N
D
rt iu f... G7 O.
N N fD
f'f W W
O
rt rt ?
f'' f'h F
O O () N
o ~ O
O rt M ~ ~ O H
~ p I
..
ly 0 N ~ ~, ~'r' o n I--~ W H ' rTI
1-r N N ' W
~ O ~' C1 Vt tD W W ~D lJ O 47 ~ ~
V1 ~
W Q1 ~r . ~
O W ll~ W W
(J
rt ~ M
1-.-C ~ n r. ~..
rt .C M . O
rf N r'h h,. ti tt N O H
o r ~ w r , N
f'S N
'b rt ID
~
ft O '.C W
N ~ . a pt ~''' lTt W N V
. ' N
I" ' W 7 f-.
C1 .i a O
W N tD N N .~ .ta ~ ~ G t ~
. .
.p (p O
r-c-r ~ ~'' '17 ~
O N
N .
O H- ft ~ M
L1 0 'p O r -L a w ,. ~' N
.
rt o rt W
, o I-. ~ ~ c w o ~ ~-' f-. f-..
n o ~. ~-. ~-.
o . . . ~ O
O 7 ~p N N ~
y C1 CO N OD
1 Cloning and Characterization of the Murine P40 Gene Screening of cDNA library. Double-stranded cDNA
was prepared according to Gubler, et al., Gene 25: 263, 1983, using polyadenylated RNA isolated from P40-producing helper T
cells TUC7.51 after a 24 h stimulation with ConA (2.5 ug/ml).
The cDNA was cloned into the BamHI site of a pUC8 vector and transformed into E. Coli strain DH5. Transformants were screened by in situ hybridization with two end-labeled 20-mer oligonucleotide probes. For the initial screening, a 64-fold degenerate probe [5'-TGCAT(C+T)TC(X)GT(C+T)TT(C+T)TG(G+A)AA-3'] corresponding to amino acid sequence FQKTEMQ (positions 114-120, see text) was used. Positive clones were subsequently tested with a 129-fold degenerate probe [5'-GG(A+G)TC(A+G)TC(T+C)TT(X)AG(A+G)TT(C+T)TC-3']
corresponding to sequence ENLKDDP (positions 17-23, see text).
DNA sequencing. DNA was sequenced by the dideoxynucleotide procedure after subcloning into a M13 vector. Appropriate fragments were generated by digestion with Pstl and Ncol restriction endonucleases using the sequencing strategy shown in Fig. 5.
Characterization of cDNA and Construction of Expression Vectors. A cDNA library was prepared, in a pUC8 vector, from a helper T cell clone that produces large amounts of P40 after stimulation with ConA. This library was screened with two oligonucleotide probes synthesized on the basis of selected amino acid sequence data obtained by p ... . , r . . J , . r analysis of P40 peptides. Of 20,000 independent 1 transformants, 112 hybridized with the two probes. Most of these clones contained cDNa inserts of about 500bp. Using one of these cDNA's as a probe, a strong signal was obtained with a transcript of about 700 nucleotides in Northern blots of poly(A)+RNA isolated from P40-producing helper T cell clone TUC7.51. Poly(A)+RNA from P815 mastocytoma, which does not produce detectable P40 activity, gave no signal at all.
To establish that the selected clones contained authentic P40 cDNA, an expression vector was constructed.
Insert P40.2B4 was cloned into BamHI site of plasmid pZIPneoSV(X)1 (Cepko, et al., Cell 37: 1053, 1984) and transfected into Clone-ld fibroblasts (Kit, et al., Ex .
Cell. Res. 31: 297, 1963). Cell supernatants collected 48 h after transfection were tested for their growth factor activity on P40-dependent TS1 cells. As shown in Fig. 6, supernatants from cells transfected with P40.2B4 cDNA (closed symbols), but not from mock-transfected cells (open symbols), supported the growth of TS1. This result indicates that P40.2B4 cDNA presumably contains the entire coding region of p40.
The complete nucleotide sequence of the cDNA insert of clone P40.2B4 was determined, and is shown under "Detailed Description of the Invention". It consists of 554 nucleotides with a 5' untranslated sequence of 15 nucleotides, an open reading frame of 432 nucleotides and a 3' untranslated region of 107 nucleotides. The 3'-end terminates with a string of 18 adenine residues located 12 nucleotides downstream from an AATAAA polyadenylation signal consensus sequence. The 3'untranslated region contains 3 copies of the sequence ATTTA which is characteristic of transiently expressed genes such as GM-CSF, G-CSF, interferons, several interleukins, tumor necrosis factor, and oncogenes c-fos and c-myc (Shaw et al., Cell 46: 659, 1986);
two of these repeats at nucleotide positions 461-468 and 470-477 are part of an 8 nucleotide motif TATTTATT, which is also present in many of these molecules (Caput et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 1670, 1986).
The predicted polypeptide encoded by the cDNA
insert of clone P40.2B4 consists of 144 residues. This size estimation is based on the presumption that the first ATG in the sequence (nucleotide position 16-18) is the initiator codon, a view supported by the efficient expression of the cDNA in fibroblasts and by the presence of an adenine at nucleotide position 13, in concordance with the consensus sequence for an initiator ATG codon; an in-frame TGA
translation termination codon occurs as nucleotides 448-450.
The deducted P40 sequence is characterized by a hydrophobic N-terminal seuqence typical of a signal peptide. Because of the presence of a blocked N-terminus in the native protein, there is some uncertainty concerning the N-terminal residue.
Based on the probability weight-matrix described, (Von Heijne, Nucleic Acid Res. 14: 4683, 1986), the most likely N-terminal sequence of the mature protein would be Gln-Arg-Cys... This is consistent with evidence obtained by biochemical analysis of P40 peptides. Mature P40 would then consist of 126 amino acids with a predicted relative molecular mass of 14,150. The difference with the Mr measured for native P40 appears to be due to glycosylation as suggested by the presence of 4 potential N-linked -' 1341461 glycosylation sites and confirmed by the about l5kDa Mr of the native protein after N-glycanase-treatment. The sequence of P40 is further characterized by the presence of 40 cysteines and a strong predominance by cationic residues, which explains the elevated pI(10) of the native protein.
to Isolation of the Human Genomic P40 Gene The human genomic P40 gene was cloned using the murine a P40 cDNA clone as a probe. Briefly, a human genomic library was constructed in phage ~ GEMII with Sau3A-cut DNA
isolated from an EBV-immortalized lymphoblastoid cell line (LESS). A resulting clone (a H403A1) was isolated by cross-hybridization with the murine P40 cDNA.
' 1341461 1 Isolation of the Human cDNA for P40 A cDNA library was constructed with poly-A+RNA
prepared from peripheral blood mononuclear cells stimulated for 24 h with phytohemagglutinin and phorbol myristate acetate. The library was screened with a restriction fragment of the human genomic clone described in Example 10.
One of the positive clones was sequenced by the methods described in Example 10, and the DNA sequence with its deduced amino acid sequence is shown under the "Detailed Description of the Invention". Sequence analysis indicated that the murine and human P40 amino acid sequences are 55~
homologous.
a , ~ i i - n J . ~ n -66- 1 3 4 1 4 6 ~
1 Synergistic Effect of P40 and IL4 or IL3 The proliferative effects of co-culturing helper T
cells in the presence of P40 and IL4 or I13 was investigated.
TUC2.15N and TUC7.41 cells (5x1041we11) were cultured with suboptimal amounts of P40 in the presence or absence of a suboptimal dose of IL4 or close to optimal dose of IL3.
After 3 days in culture, the cells were pulsed with tritiated thymidine. The results in Table 4 indicate that the helper T
cells treated with P40 and IL4 or P40 and IL3 incorporated from about 4-40 times more thymidine than those cells treated with any one of these proteins. Thus, a strong synergy between P40 and IL4 or IL3 exists with respect to stimulating proliferation of helper T cell lines that respond to these proteins.
. . i r - r r, i. . r '- 1341461 Synergism between P40 and I1.4 or IL3 Cells P40 IL4 ~ ~ tL3 Thymidine Incorporation (U/ml) (U/ml) (ng/ml) (cpm) TUC2.15N 0 0 0 122 TUC7.51 N 0 0 0 1 20 TUC2.15N and TUC7.51 helper T cells (5x104/well) were cultured with suboptimal amounts of P40 in the presence or absence of a suboptimal dose of IL4 or of an optimal dose of IL3. The cultures were pulsed with tritiated thymidine after 3 days.
The results may either be qualitative, by simple observation of the visible signal, or may be quantitated by comparing with a control sample containing known amounts of hapten.
Variations on the forward assay include a simultaneous assay, in which both sample and labeled antibody are added simultaneously to the bound antibody, or a reverse assay in which the labeled antibody and sample to be tested are first combined incubated and then added to the unlabeled surface bound antibody. These techniques are well known to those skilled in the art and then possibly of minor variations will be readily apparent.
In the typical forward sandwich assay, a first antibody having specificity for P40, or antigenic parts thereof, contemplated in this invention, is either covalently or passively bound to a solid surface. The solid surface is typically glass or a polymer, the most commonly used polymers being cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene. The solid supports may be in the form of tubes, beads, discs or microplates, or any other surface suitable for conducting an immunoassay. The binding processes are well-known in the art and generally consist of cross-linking, covalently binding or physically 1 absorbing the molecule to the insoluble carrier. Following binding, the polymer-antibody complex is washed in preparation for the test sample. An aliquot of the sample to be tested is then added to the solid phase complex and incubated at 25°C for a period of time sufficient to allow binding of any subunit present in the antibody. The incubation period will vary but will generally be in the range of about 2-40 minutes. Following the incubation period, the antibody subunit solid phase is washed and dried and incubated with a second antibody specific for a portion of the hapten. The second antibody is linked to a reporter molecule which is used to indicate the binding of the second antibody to the hapten. By "reporter molecule," as used in the present specification, is meant a molecule which, by its chemical nature, provides an analytically identifiable signal which allows the detection of antigen-bound antibody.
Detection may be either qualitative or quantitative. The most commonly used reporter molecules in this type of assay are either enzymers, fluorophores or radionuclide containing molecules (i.e., radioisotopes). In the case of an enzyme imunoassay, an enzyme is conjugated to the second antibody, generally by means of glutaraldehyde or periodate. As will be readily recognized, however, a wide variety of different conjugation techniques exist, which are readily available to the skilled artisan. Commonl used enz y ymes include -2s 1 341461 horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase, f3-galactosidase and 1 alkaline phosphatase, among other. The substrates to be used with the specific enzymes are generally chosed for the production, upon hydrolysis by the corresponding enzyme, of a detectable color change. For example, p-nitrophenyl phosphate is suitable for the use with alkaline phosphatase conjugates; for peroxidase conjugates, 1,2-phenylenediamine, 5-aminosalicyclic acid, or tolidine, are commonly used. It is also possible to employ fluorogenic substrates, which yield a fluorescent product rather than the chromogenic substrates noted above. In all cases, the enzyme-labeled antibody is added to the first antibody hapten complex, allowed to bind, and then to the first antibody hapten complex, allowed to bind, and then the excess reagent is washed away. A solution containing the appropriate substrate is then added to the ternary complex of antibody-antigen-antibody. The substrate will react with the enzyme linked to the second antibody, giving a qualitative visual signal, which may be further quantitated, usually spectrophotometrically, to give an indication of the amount of hapten which was present in the sample.
Alternately, fluorescent compounds, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, may be chemically coupled to antibodies without altering their binding capacity. When activated by illumination with light of a particular wavelength, the fluorochrome-labeled antibody adsorbs the light energy, inducing a state of excitability in the molecule, followed by emission of the light at a characteristic color visually detectable with a light microscope. As in the EIA, the fluorescent labeled antibody -2'- 1 3 4 1 4 6 1 is allowed to bind to the first antibody-hapten complex.
1 After washing off the unbound reagent, the remaining ternary complex is then exposed to the light of the appropriate wavelength, the fluorescence observed indicates the presence of the hapten of interest. Immunofluorescence and EIA
techniques are both very well established in the art and are particularly preferred for the present method. However, other reporter molecules, such as radioisotope, chemiluminescent or bioluminescent molecules, may also be employed. It will be readily apparent to the skilled technician how to vary the procedure to suit the required purpose. It will also be apparent that the foregoing can be used to detect directly or indirectly (i.e., via antibodies) the P40 of this invention.
Accordingly, the present invention is also directed to a kit for the rapid and convenient assay of P40 in mammalian body fluids (e. g. serum, tissue extracts, tissue fluids), in vitro cell culture supernatants, and cell lysates. The kit is compartmentalized to receive a first container adapted to contain an antibody to P40, or to an antigenic component thereof, and a second container adapted to contain a second antibody to P40, or to an antigenic component thereof, said second antibody being labeled With a reporter molecule capable of giving a detectable signal as hereinbefore described. If the reporter molecule is an enzyme, then a third container adapted to contain a substrate for said enzyme is provided. In an exemplified use of the subject kit, a sample to be tested for P40 is contacted with the contents of the first container for a time and under conditions for P40, if present, to bind to the antibodies contained in said first container. After removal of unbound material (e. g. by washing with sterile phosphate buffered 1 saline) the secondary complex is contacted with the contents of the second container. If the antibodies of the first container have bound to P40, then the antibodies of the second container bind to the secondary complex to form a tertiary complex and, since said second antibodies are labeled with a reporter molecule, when subjected to a detecting means, the tertiary complex is detected.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a recombinant nucleic acid or an isolated nucleic acid molecule, said molecule defined herein to be DNA or RNA, encoding P40 or parts thereof. In one embodiment the recombinant nucleic acid molecule is complementary DNA
(cDNA). It is considered within the scope of the present invention to include the cDNA molecule encoding mammalian P40, preferably murine and human P40, or to regions or parts thereof including any base deletion, insertion or substitution or any other alteration with respect to nucleotide sequence or chemical composition (e. g. methylation and glycosylation). P40 encoded by cDNA is referred to herein as recombinant P40. Moreover, another embodiment of this invention is directed to the genomic P40 gene, which may include recombinant clones like cosmids encoding the entire gene or subclones encoding exons, introns or any region of the mammalian P40 gene. Recombinant DNA encoding such subregions of the gene are useful as hybridization probes to detect the presence of P40 genes.
Methods considered useful in obtaining recombinant P40 cDNA are contained in Maniatis et al., 1982, in Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, pp. 1-545, for example, or any of the myriad of laboratory manuals on recombinant DNA technology which axe 1 widely available. Briefly, polyadenylated mRNA is obtained from stimulated helper T cells and fractionated on agarose gels. Optionally, aliquots of mRNA can be injected into Xenopus laevis oocytes for translation and assayed for P40 activity using the methods contained herein to enriched fractions of mRNA translating into P40 active molecules.
Alternatively, mRNA not enriched is used as template for cDNA
synthesis. Libraries of cDNA clones are constructed in the Pstl site of the vector pBR322 (using homopolymer tailing) or in a variety of other vectors (e. g. the Okayama-Berg cDNA
cloning vectors, Messing cDNA cloning vectors and the like).
Specific cDNA molecules in a vector in said library is then selected by using specific oligonucleotides designed, based on amino acid sequences contained within P40, to encode at least part of said sequence. Particularly useful is the internal, partial amino acid sequence of murine P40 obtained after cyanogen bromide treatment which comprises:
NH2-Ala Gly Asn Thr Leu Ser Phe Leu Lys Ser Leu Leu Gly Thr Phe Gln Lys Thr Glu.
Oligonucleotide sequences based on the foregoing amino acid sequence are particularly useful in identifying cDNA clones encoding P40 or its derivatives. Thus, poly(A)+RNA can be prepared from the murine helper T cell line TUC7.51 after 24 hours stimulation with Concanavalin A (Con A) and used as a template for cDNA synthesis. The cDNA can be cloned into BamHI site of a pUC8 vector, transformed into E. coli and screened using a 64-fold degenerate probe corresponding to the amino acid sequence FQKTEMQ and subsequently with a -30- 1 3 4 1 4 ~ 1 128-fold degenerate probe corresponding to the amino acid 1 sequence ENLKDDP (see Example 9 for the exact sequence of the probes). The resulting positive clones are useful to isolate other mammalian genomic P40 genes and cDNAs. For example, the murine cDNA clone is used to screen a human genomic library, or other mammalian genomic library, to identify either the entire genomic gene or at least an exon thereof.
If only a portion of the gene is isolated by this method, the remainder of the gene can be isolated by "chromosomal walking" with the new clone. Further, a genomic clone is particularly useful to isolate a cDNA clone and vice versa, especially from the same species. Thus, the murine cDNA
clone is used to isolate the murine genomic P40 gene.
The cDNA sequence encoding murine P40 is set forth below with the corresponding amino acid sequence:
-la -to MetLeuValThrTyrIleLeuAlaSerValLeuLeuFheSerSer S' CAGACTCCCGTCAACATGTTGGTGACATACATCCTTGCCTCTGTTTTGCTCTTCAGTTCT
ValLeuGlyGlnArc y SerThrThrTrpGlyIleArgAspThrAsnTyrLeuIleGlu GTGCTGGGCCAGnG' G GCACCACATGGGGCATCAGAGACACCAATTACCTTnTTGAA
100 .
AsnLeuLysAspAspProProSerLys y Se y SerGlyAsnValThrSer y eu AATCTGAAGGATGATCCACCGTCAF.A~, T~G~G TG =.GCGGCAACGTGACCAGC a G TTG
y euSerValProThrAspAs y ThrThrPro y TyrArgGluGlyLeuLeuGln ~~TCTCCGTCCCAACTGATGA TG ACCACACCGT~G TACAGGGAGGGACTGTTACAG
25 so ~o . . _ ._ ._ LeuThrAsnAlaThrGlnLysSerArgLeuLeuProValPheHisArgValLysArgIle CTGACCAATGCCACACAGAAATCAAGACTCTTGCCTGTTTTCCATCGGGTGAAAAGGATA
80 ~ 90 . ValGluValLeuLysAsnIleTh~roSerPheSe "y ~luLysPr ..y ~ Gln ' GTTGAAGTCCTAAAGAACATCAC T~G CGTCCTTTTC TG AAAAGCC TG CCAG
ThrMetAlaGlyAsnThrLeuSerPheLeuLysSerLeuLeuGlyThrPheGlnLysThr 3~ ACCATGGCAGGCAACACACTGTCATTTCTGAAGAGTCTCCTGGGGACGTTCCAGAAGACA
GluMetGlnArgGlnLysSerArgPro GAGATGCAAAGGCAGAAAAGCCGACCATGAAGACAGATGCTATTTATTCTATTTATTGAA
TTTACAAAACCTCCCCTCCTTAACTGTTACAGTGAAGAAATAAACTAAGCTATTCT 3' The cDNA sequence with the corresponding amino acid 1 sequence of human P40 is set forth below:
-Ie HET LEU LEU ALA HET VALLEU 7HR $ER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
MET
GLH GLU ASP FRO ALA $ER LY5 CYS HIS CYS SEA ALA ASN VAL 7HR $ER CY$ LEU CYS
LEU
CAG GM GAT CCA GC7 7CC MG 7GC CAC 7GC AGT GC7 MT GTG ACC AGT ?GT CTC TGT TTG
1!2 GLY ILE FAO SER ASP ASN CY$ 7HA ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN HE7 ASN THR THR MET GLN 7HR AAG 7YR PRO LEU ILE PNE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS $EA VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LY$ ASN ASH LYS CYS PRO ?YR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN 7HR
THA
lO G7A C7A MG MC MC MG 7GT CCA TAT T77 TCC 7G1 GM GAG CCA TGC MC CM ACC ACG
GCA GGC MC GCG C7G ACA 77T CTG MG AGT C7T C7G GM ATT T7C CAG MA GM MG ATu 122 Once identified, cDNAs or recombinant DNAs encoding all or part of recombinant P40 are ligated into expression vectors. Additional genetic manipulation is routinely carried out to maximize expression of the cDNA in the particular host employed. Accordingly, P40 may be Synthesized in vitro by inserting said cDNA sequence into a replicable expression vector, transforming the resulting recombinant molecule into a suitable host and then culturing or growing the transformed host under conditions requisite for the synthesis of the molecule. The recombinant molecule defined herein should comprise a nucleic acid sequence encoding a desired polypeptide inserted downstream of a promoter, a eukaryotic or prokaryotic replicon and a selectable marker such as resistance to an antibiotic.
A promoter consists of a specific nucleic acid sequence that is operably linked to the DNA encoding the desired polypeptide which is capable of effecting expression ,,"., , .,,, , -32_ of said polypeptide. Likewise, the promoter can be replaced 1 or augmented by any other genetic elements capable of effecting gene expression, including such elements as enhancers, transcription terminators, poly(A) signals and the like. The latter three elements are not always necessary and their use will depend on both the vector and host system used for gene expression. The need for any of these elements can be easily determined by one skilled in the art. Promoters are DNA sequence elements for controlling gene expression, in particular, they specify transcription initiation sites.
prokaryotic promoters that are useful include the lac promoter, the trp promoter, the PL and PR promoters of lambda and the T7 polymerise promoter. Eukaryotic promoters are especially useful in the invention and include promoters of viral origin, such as the SV40 late promoter and the Molony Leukemia Virus LTR, yeast promoters and any promoters or variations of promoters designed to control gene expression, including genetically-engineered promoters. Control of gene expression includes the ability to regulate a gene both positively and negatively (i.e., turning gene expression on or off) to obtain the desired level of expression.
One skilled in the art has available many choices or replicable expression vectors, compatible hosts and well-known methods for making and using the vectors.
Recombinant DNA methods are found in any of the myriad of standard laboratory manuals on genetic engineering.
The recombinant molecule may also require a signal sequence to facilitate transport of the synthesized polypeptide to the extracellular environment. Alternatively, the polypeptide may be retrieved by first lysing the host cell by a variety of techniques such as sonication, pressure -33- ~ 3 4 1 4 6 1 dissintegration or toluene~treatment. Hosts contemplated in 1 accordance with the present invention can be selected from the group comprising prokaryotes (e. g., Escherichia coli, Bacillus sp., Pseudomonas sp.) and eukaryotes (e. g., mammalian cells, yeast and fungal cultures, insect cells and plant cultures). The artisan will also recognize that a given amino acid sequence can undergo deletions, substitutions and additions of nucleotides or triplet nucleotides (codons). Such variations are all considered within the scope of the present invention and may be prepared by site-directed mutagenesis technique. Additionally, depending on the host expressing recombinant P40, said P40 may or may not be glycosylated. Generally, eukaryotic cells, for example mammalian T cells and the like, provide glycosylated, recombinant P40. Prokaryotic cells, for example bacteria such as Escherichia coli and the like, do not glycosylate proteins. Hence, both glycosylated and non-glycosylated recombinant P40 are encompassed by the present invention.
Yet another aspect of the present invention provides transformant microorganisms and cultured cells containing the instant expression-vectors. Transformant microorganisms and cultured cells are made by introducing the replicable expression vector encoding mammalian P40, a derivative or a fragment thereof, into the desired cell or microorganisms by transformation or transfection or infection of virus or bacteriophage particles. Processes for transformation are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to CaCl2 treatment and electroporation for bacterial cells and CaP04 co-precipitation, protoplast fusion and electroporation for eukaryotic cells. Direct infection .. , . , , ..., , can be used when the vectors are viruses or bacteriophages.
1 The detailed methods for these techniques can be found in standard laboratory manuals on recombinant DNA technology.
The invention further contemplates any method for incorporating DNA into a host organism.
Another aspect of the present invention relates to the helper T cell lines which produce P40. As defined herein, P40 or compositions comprising same, stimulate the development of permanent antigen-independent T helper cell lines which are maintained by subcultivation every 3 to 4 days in medium with P40. Even more particularly, the present invention is directed to TS1, one of the factor-dependent cell lines derived from TUC2.15.
The following examples further illustrate the present invention.
. .. , .,... ~ , , -35- ~ 3 4 1 4 6 1 wrnrtnr ~
1 Materials and Methods Medium Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FCS), 50 uM
!3-mercaptoethanol, 0.55 mM L-arginine, 0.24 mM L-asparagine and 1.25 mM L-glutamine are used for most cell lines except for 7TD1 and BCL1 which are grown in Iscove's medium.
T Cell Clones and Lines Helper T cell lines are established and maintained in the absence of exogenous growth factors as described by Van Snick et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:9679-9683, 1986. Lines TUC2 and TUC7 are derived from C57BL/6 mice immunized with keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Line TUCS is obtained from the same strain of mice but after immunization with human transferrin. TUC13 is an allospecific BALB/c anti-C57B/6 line. Individual clones are derived from these lines by limiting dilution in the presence of 10$ (v/v) medium conditioned by rat spleen cells stimulated with concanavalin A, and are denoted TUCx.y (where x stands for the number of the line and y for thV number of the clone).
These clones are subsequently expanded and maintained without exogenous growth factors like the parental cell lines.
Cytolytic T cell clones of DBA/2 origin directed against syngeneic P815 mastocytoma are maintained with 50°s (v/v) mixed lymphocyte culture medium as described by Maryanski et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 12:401-406, 1982. For use in growth factor assays, the T cells are separated from feeder cells by centrifugation over a layer of *Lymphoprep (Nycomed AS, Oslo, ~ Norway) washed and incubated at 5 x 104 cells/well.
Proliferations are measured on day 3 after a 6 hr pulse with methyl-labeled [3H]-thymidine (0.5 uCi/well).
*Trade mark ,,: . x Pre aration of Helper T Cell Supernatants 1 TUC2.15 and TUC7.51 cells, obtained from cultures stimulated 2 weeks earlier with antigen and feeder cells, are adjusted to 2 x 106 cells/ml and incubated for 2-3 days in medium containing 0.5% (v/v) FCS and concanavalin A (ConA, 5 ug/ml). Supernatants (SN) are collected by centrifugation at 10,000 g for 20 min. When used for culture, crude SN are supplemented with 0.1 M methyl- oC -D-mannoside.
TS1 Growth Factor Assav Factor-dependent TS1 cells are cultured in 1% (v/v) TUC2.15 SN. Before use in the growth factor assay, the cells are washed free of SN and cultured at a density of 3 x 103 cells/well in 200 ul with serial dilutions of samples to be tested. After 3 days, cell growth is measured by colorimetric determination of hexosaminidase levels according to Landegren J. Immunol. Methods 67:379-388, 1984. The dilution giving half-maximal absorbance at 405 nm is arbitrarily assigned one U/ml of activity.
Other Cell Lines CTLL-2 (Gillis et al., J. Immunol. 120:2027-2032, 1878) is grown with 100 U/ml of human recombinant IL-2 DA-1 (Ihle et al. Adv. Viral Oncol. 4:95-137, 1984), Ea3.15 (Palacios et al. J. Exp. Med. 152:1036-1047, 1980) with 10%
(v/v) WEHI-3 SN as a source of IL3 and 7TD1 with a 1/500 dilution of TUC2.15 SN as a source of IL6 (Van Snick et al.
su ra). Assays using these cell lines are carried out as described for the TS1 line and proliferations are measured either by hexosaminidase determinations or by thymidine incorporation. In vivo passaged BCL1 cells (Slavin et al.
Nature 272:624-626, 1978) are frozen in aliquots and thawed just before use. Proliferation of BCL1 is measured by thymidine incorporation in 7 day-old cultures seeded with 104 cells/well.
. ,~ , . .._, .....~. ,. ..
-37- _.
' 'Cytokines and Growth Factors Purified natural human IL113 (Van Damme et al. , Nature 314:266-268, 1985), recombinant human IL2 (Devon et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 11:4307-4323) and purified murine IL3 (Ihle _et _al. J. Immunol. 129:2431-2436, 1982) are as 5.described Human recombinant granulocyte colony-stirnulatirg factor (G-CSF) and mouse recombinant granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) is described by DeLamarter et al. Embo J. 4:2575-2581, 1985. Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) is described by Heldin _et _al. Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 76:3722-3726, 1979. Epidermal growth factor (EGF) is purchased from Hoehringer Mannheim (Fed. Rep. Germany).
Mouse IL4, IL5 and IL6 are purified as described by Van - - Snick, su ra, and Vink et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 18:607-612, 1988.
Antibodies Anti-IL4 antibody 11811 (Ohara et al. Nature 315:333-336, 1985) and anti-IL2 receptor~antibody 5A2 (Moreau et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 17:929-935, 1987) are as described.
Purification of TS1 Growth Factor Adsorption to silicic acid and gel filtration is performed as described (Van Snick s_upra.). Active fractions from the gel filtration column are pooled, concentrated by ultrafiltration on an'kAmicon YM-10 membrane in the presence of 10 4 (v/v) dilution of Tween 20 and transferred to 1 M
Na2S04 buffered to pH 7.0 with 0.1 M sodium phosphate before injection onto a *TSK-Phenyl column (LKB, Bromma, Sweden) equilibrated in the same buffer. After a 10 min wash in the starting buffer, elution is carried out at 0.6 ml/min with a *Trade mark -38_ _ , ii.near gradient of a 1:1 mixture of a sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M pH 7.0) and ethylene glycol. Active fractions are further fractionated on a'*MonoQ column (Pharmacia Fine Chemicals, Uppsala, Sweden) equilibrated in 20 m ethanolamine-HC1 pH 9.5, 20 mM NaCl and 10 ~ (v/v) *Tween 20.
The column is developed at 0.8 ml/min with a 30 min linear gradient of NaCl (8 mM/min). Pooled active fractions are concentrated and adjusted to contain 0.05% (w/v) trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) before injection on a C1 25-nm pore-size TSK *TMS-250 HPLC column (LKB). The column is developed far the first 10 min with a linear gradient from 0 to 35a (W/v) acetonitrile in 0.050 (w/v) TFA, which is followed by a shallow 35-36a gradient for the next 60 min.
--irlow rate is adjusted to 0.8 ml/min; 1 min fractions are collected in Eppendorf tubes containing 10 u1 of 1 M NH4HCO3 and 5 ul of Tween 20 (lo (v/v) in water) and lyophilised.
Total protein is measured f luorometrically with benzoxanthene following Neuhoff et al. Hoppe-Seyler's Z. Physiol. Chem.
360:1657-1670, 1979. The purity of the final product is assessed by NaDodS04/PAGE in 12% (w/v) acrylamide gels.
Isoelectric focusing is performed with a LKB (Bromma, Sweden) vertical gel apparatus. Material is recovered from gels by overnight incubation in 130 mM NaCl containing Tween 20 (10 4v/v) and 10 mM sodium phosphate pH7Ø Affinity chromatography on lentil lectin-*Sepharose is done following the procedure described by the manufacturer (Pharmacia, ~Uppsala, Sweden).
_Amino Acid Sequence Analysis Automated amino acid sequence analysis is performed with an Applied Biosystems sequences (model 477A) equipped *Trade mark with an on-line phenylthiohydanthoin amino acid analyzer 1 (model 120A). In situ cyanogen bromide cleavage of P40 (~10 ug) is performed on the glass fiber sample disk of the gas-phase sequences according to a procedure described by Simpson et al. Biochem. Internat. _8:787-791, 1984, hereinafter Simpson I. Sequence comparisons are made with the following databases: Protein Sequence database of PIR, National Biomedical Research Foundation (release 15.0, December 1987); Swiss-Prot Protein Sequence Data Bank version 5 (September 1987, compiled by A. Bairoch, University of Geneva, Medical Biochemistry Department, 1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland); G.B. trans Protein Data Base Release 1.0 (August 1987) compiled from GENBANK release 50.0 by J.
Coventry, Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research, Parkville 3050 Australia; and PG trans Protein Data Base release 38.0 (December 1985) GENBANK, Instit. Pasteur, Paris, France.
1 Detection of T Cell Growth Factory Activity TUC2.15 is a C57B1/6 helper T cell line that requires antigen and antigen-presenting cells for long term growth in vitro. In an attempt to grow these cells without feeders and antigens it is surprisingly discovered that, after supplementing the culture medium with 10% (v/v) autologous supernatant (SN) obtained after stimulation with ConA, this SN is able to induce cell proliferation without further requirement for antigen or feeder cells. This growth factor activity is not inhibited by either anti-IL4 or anti-IL2 receptor antibodies (Table 1), indicating that the activity is mediated neither directly nor indirectly by these molecules.
In addition to its activity in short term proliferations, the SN also readily stimulates the development of permanent antigen-independent cell lines, which are maintained by subcultivation every 3-4 days in medium supplemented with 1% (v/v) SN (Fig. 1). Attempts to derive antigen-independent cells lines with IL2 in this manner are to date unsuccessful. A second helper T cell clone, TUC7.51 also gives rise to an antigen-independent cell line upon culture in autologous SN. The factors active on the two cell lines are apparently identical, since TUC7.51 SN
supported the growth of TUC2.15 cells and vice versa.
TS1, one of the factor-dependent cell lines derived from TUC2.15 is selected for further identification of the growth factor. This choice is based on the observation that TS1 grows quickly, with a doubling time of 11 h, and responds to very small concentrations of SN, half-maximal proliferation being obtained at dilutions between 10 5 and 10 4 (v/v). To determine the specificity of the TS1 assay, cells are incubated with a variety of purified growth factors or crude SN and found that only IL4 and TUC2.15 SN support TS1 growth (Table 2). Since anti-IL4 antibodies fail to inhibit the effects of TUC2.15 SN, the aforementioned activity is a new T cell growth factor.
_41_ 134146?
Proliferation of TUC2.15 Helper T Cells Induced By Autoloqous Supernatant (SN); Independence from IL2 and IL4 Antibodies Added Proliferation in response to IL2 IL4 TUC2.15 SN
(kepm) none 152 18 37 anti-IL2 receptor 4 16 32 anti-IL4 156 1 33 TUC2.15 helper T cells (5 x 104/well) are incubated for 3 days with IL2 (100 U/ml), IL4 (100 U/ml) or TUC2.15 SN (1~
v/v) in the presence of anti-IL2 receptor antibody 5A2 (30 ug/ml) or anti-IL4 antibody 11B11 (10 ug/ml). Thymidine incorporation is measured on day 3.
13414~?
Growth of TS1 in Response to Various Cytokines Factors Dose/Dilution Cell Growth (A405) TUC2.15 SN 1/12.500 1.96 ILl 100 U/ml 0 IL2 100 U/ml 0 IL3 100 U/ml 0.01 IL4 100 U/ml 1.36 IL5 100 U/ml 0 IL6 20 ng/ml 0 GM-CSF 10 ng/ml 0 G-CSF 4 ng/ml 0 M-CSF (crude) 1/4 0.02 EGF 50 ng/ml 0 PDGF 4 ug/ml 0.02 TS1 cells are incubated for 3 days in the presence of various factors or SN. All reagents are tested over a 100-fold range but results are given for the highest dose only. None of the factors that score negatively at the highest dose have any effect at lower does. Cell growth is measured by 5 colorimetric determination of~hexosaminidase levels.
Absorbance (A) of cultures at 405 nm incubated without growth factors ranges from about 0.10 to about 0.15 and is , subtracted.
1 Purification of the T Cell Growth Factor Large batches of T cell SN are produced by stimulating TUC2..15 and TUC7.51 cells with ConA as described Sin Example 1. The active material is concentrated by adsorption to silicic acid and applied to an*Ultrogel AcA54 gel filtration column. The major growth promoting activity, which is destroyed by trypsin, elutes as a symmetrical peak in the 30-40 kDa region (Fig. 2A), and is therefore designated P40. Subsequent experiments are carried out with TUC7.51 SN because the concentrations of P40 are higher in this material.
-- " Preliminary characterization of the growth factor indicates that it has a pI of ~ 10 and is glycosylated, 60%
of the activity being retained on a lentil lectin column.
Based in part on this information, the following purification protocol is adopted. Active fractions from the gel filtration step are further separated by hydrophobic interaction chromatography on a TSK-phenyl column (Fig. 2B) followed by passage through a*MonoQ anion exchange column equilibrated at pH 9.5. At this elevated pH, most contaminants are retained on the column, whereas P40 elutes mainly in the flow-through fractions, as expected from its high gI (Fig. 2C). Final purification is achieved by reversed phase chromatography on a C1-column equilibrated -with 0.05% (w/v) TFA. P40 is recovered in a single peak eluting at an acetonitrile concentration of 35 % (v/v) (Fig.
2D). At the end of this purification, P40 stimulates half-maximal growth of TSl at a concentration of ~-5 pg/ml (Fig. 3), which corresponds to a 2000-fold purification. On average, the overall yield ranges from about 5 to about 10%.
*Trade Niark i~;i The purified protein is very heterogeneous with a 1 Mr of about 32 to about 39 kDa in NaDodS04/PAGE both under reducing (Fig. 4) and non-reducing conditions. Biological activity is recovered from the corresponding fractions of a non-reduced gel, but exposure to NaDodS04 and 2-mercaptoethanol destroys most of the activity.
1 Amino Acid Sequence Analysis of Murine P40 Edman degradation of P40 (.:: 250 pmol) did not yield N-terminal sequence. For sequence analysis, P40 (immobilized on the polybrene-treated sample disk of the sequencer) is acylated (Tarr, Methods of Protein Micro-characterization [ed. J.E. Shively) Human Press, pp. 155-194, 1986) and then subjected to in situ cyanogen bromide treatment as described by Simpson I. Sequence analysis is then continued and yields the following major amino acid sequence (110 pmol): NH2-Ala Gly Asn Thr Leu Ser Phe Leu Lys Ser Leu Leu Gly Thr Phe Gln Lys Thr Glu.
This internal sequence shows no significant similarity with that of other proteins stored in the data bases listed in Example 1.
The determination of the complete amino acid sequence was achieved by chemical methods.
Briefly, before proteolytic digestion native P40 was reduced with dithiothreitol and carboxymethylated with iodoacetic acid to yield Cm-P40. Peptides (indicated in Fig.
7) were prepared for sequence analysis by cleavage of Cm-P40 with endoproteinase Asp-N, trypsin, chymotrypsin, and cyanogen bromide (denoted by D, T, C, and N, respectively in Fig. 7). Subpeptides of the endoproteinase Asp-N were derived by cleavage with Staphylococcus aureus V8 protease (denoted with hyphenated S suffixes). In Fig. 7, amino acid residues not identified are indicated by X.
The exact methodology of amino acid sequence 1 determination is described below:
A. Materials: Tween 20, guanadine hydrochloride (Sequenal grade) and trifluoroacetic acid (F3AcOH; 99 + °s pure grade) were purchased from Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford, Illinois, USA). Iodoacetic acid (puriss grade) was obtained from Fluka (Bucks, Switzerland) and was recrystallized prior to use.
Dithiothreitol was from Calbiochem (La Jolla, California, USA). Sodium chloride (Aristar grade) and acetic anhydride were purchased from BDH (Poole, UK). Cyanogen bromide (Univar grade) was from Ajax Chemical Co. (Sydney, Australia). All other chemicals were of the highest grade commercially available.
Trypsin (treated with tosylphenylethylchloro-methane) and chymotrypsin were purchased from Worthington Biochemical Co. (New Jersey, USA). Staphylococcus aureus strain V8 protease was obtained from Miles Co. (Napperville, Illinois, USA). Endoproteinase AspN from a Pseudomonas fragi mutant and N-glycanase F were obtained from Boehringer Mannheim GmbH (West Germany). All organic solvents were HPLC
grade (Chromar grade, Mallinckrodt, Kentucky, USA).
Deionized water, obtained from a tandem Milli-RO and Milli-Q
system (Millipore, Inc., Massachusetts, USA) was used for all buffers.
B. Preparation of murine S-carboxymethyl-P40 (Cm-P40): P40 1(15 ug in 120 ul 35°s aqueous acetonitrile containing 0.1~
(v/v) F3AcOH and 0.02 Tween 20 was concentrated to approximately 10 ul by centrifugal centrifugation (Savant Ind. Hicksville, NY), diluted to 160 ul with 7.5 M
guanidine.HCL containing 0.2 M Tris.HCl buffer, pH 8.5, 0.002 M EDTA and 0.02s (v/v) Tween 20 and then reduced with dithiotreitol (0.015 M) at 40°C for 4.5 h. Alkylation was r ;.
-47- 1 3 4 1 4 fi 1 achieved by the addition of iodoacetic acid (final 1 concentration, 0.05 M) to the mixture and incubation continued for 30 min at 25°C in the dark. The reaction was halted by addition of 25 ul of 2-mercaptoethanol. Cm-P40 was recovered from the mixture using a reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) procedure previously described (Simpson et al., Eur. J. Biochem.
1176:187-197, 1988 hereinafter Simpson II). The Cm-P40-containing fraction (60 ul) was adjusted to 0.02s (v/v) with respect to Tween 20 and then diluted to 1 ml with an appropriate buffer (containing 0.020 (v/v) Tween 20) prior to enzymatic digestion.
C. Trypsin digestion: Cm-P40 (7 ug) in 1 ml of 1~ (w/v) NH4HC03, pH 7.8 containing 0.001 M CaCl2 and 0.02 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.5 ug trypsin for 16 h at 37°C.
D. Chymotr sin digestion: Cm-P40 (6 ug) in 1 ml of 1%
(w/v) NH4HC03, pH 7.8 and 0.020 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.6 ug chymotrypsin for 16 h at 37°C.
E. Endoproteinase Asp-N digestion: Cm-P40 (15 ug) in 1020 ul of 0.05 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 8.1, 0.02% (v/v) been 20 was digested with 0.7 ug of freshly prepared endoproteinase Asp-N for 16 h at 34°C.
F. Staphylococcus aureus strain V8 protease digestion:
Endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D3 in 1 ml of to (w/v) NH4HC03, 0.02 (v/v) Tween 20 was digested with 0.5 ug S. aureus V8 protease at an enzyme/substrate ratio of 1:10 for 16 h at 30°C.
G. Purification of polypeptides by high-performance liguid chromatography instrumentation: Peptide mixtures resulting from enzymatic cleavages were fractionated by reversed-phase 30HPLC on a Hewlett-Packard liquid chromatograph (model 1090A) fitted with a diode-array detector (model 1040A) as described (Simpson II).
H. Column Supports: The following columns were used for the 1 purification of Cm-P40 and derived peptides: (a) Brownlee RP-300 (300nm pore size, 7-um particle diameter, octylsilica packed into a stainless steel column 30 x 2.1 mm i.d. or 50 x 1 mm i.d., Brownlee Laboratories, Santa Clara, California, USA). (b) Dimethylaminoazobenzene sulfonyl chloride (DABS-C1) amino acids were separated and quantitated on a Brownlee PTC amino acid analysis column (220 x 2.0 mm i.d.) (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, USA).
I. Peptide nomenclature: The following prefixes are used to denote the origin of various peptides: T, Trypsin; CN, cyanogen bromide; C, chymotrypsin; D, endoproteinase Asp-N.
Peptides resulting from sub-digestion of endoproteinase Asp-N
peptides with S. aureus V8 protease are denoted by hyphenated S suffixes. Peptides are numbered in the order of their positions in the final sequence.
J. Cyanogen bromide cleavage: After P40 (10 ug) was subjected to several cycles of Edman degradation in the protein sequences without any detectable PTH-amino acids, the sequence analysis was stopped. In situ cyanogen bromide cleavage of native P40 was performed on the glass fiber sample disk of the protein sequences according to a procedure previously described (Simpson, I). Sequences background levels which had arisen during the sequence analysis were reduced by treating the sample disk with 30 ul aqueous 50%
(v/v) N-ethylmorpholine followed by 10 ul acetic anhydride (60 min at 25°C). The filter was vacuum dried and then treated with a 20-fold excess of cyanogen bromide in 70%
(v/v) formic acid for 15 h at 25°C. At the end of this time the sample filter was vacuum dried for 30 min and the sequence analysis continued.
. . . , i . , K. Amino acid sequence analysis: Automated Edman 1 degradation of protein and peptide was performed using Applied Biosystems sequencers (models 470A and 477A) equipped with on-line phenylthiohydantoin (Pth) amino acid analyzers (model 120A). Total Pth-amino acid derivatives from the sequencer were injected onto the liquid chromatograph using a modified sample transfer device as described [Begg et al., in "Techniques in Protein Chemistry", (Hugli, T.E., Ed.) Academic Press, Orlando F1., USA, 1989 ]. Polybrene was used as a carrier.
B
1 1 ~ i wrnnnr ~
Peptide purification by microbore RP-HPLC
Cm-P40 (15 ug) was digested with endoproteinase Asp-N and the digest fractionated by RP-HPLC on a short microbore column (30 x 2.1 mm i.d.), employing a low-pH (F3 AcOH, pH 2.1) mobile phase and a gradient of acetonitrile.
Three major peptide-containing peaks were detected: D1, D2 and D3 (Fig. 8). Spectral analyses of these peptides were performed using real-time photodiode-array spectroscopy and the absorption spectra of peptides D1, D2 and D3 are shown in Fig. 9. The high absorbance at 290 nm of peptide D1 is indicative of the presence of a tryptophan residue. The D2 and D3 peptides have high absorbance at 280 nm and low absorbance at 290 nm which is characteristic of tyrosine-containing peptides. The presence of tryptophan residue in peptide D1 is supported by the derivative absorbance spectrum shown in Fig. 10. Enhancement of resolution by second-order-derivative spectroscopy reveals extrema at 290; 2 nm and 280 ~ 2 nm which are characteristic of tryptophan residues.
peptide D3 was subdigested with S. aureus V8 protease and the resultant digest fractionated by RP-HPLC at low pH (F3AcOH) (Fig. 11A).
Reversed-phase HPLC purification of peptides resulting from treatment of Cm-P40 with chymotrypsin and trypsin were performed and analyzed in a similar manner.
Reversed-phase fractionation of these digests, however, resulted in a complex pattern of peptide-containing peaks (Figs. 11B and 11C). All of the peptide fractions from the first dimension RP-HPLC were subjected to a second chromatographic step using the same chromatographic support and acetonitrile gradient but a different mobile phase (e. g., 13414fi1 unbuffered sodium chloride.or 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH
1 7.0). For some peptides a third chromatographic step was necessary before a homogeneous peptide could be isolated. In the latter situation, an *ODS-hypersil column and a different organic solvent (methanol) were used for the chromatography (Simpson II).
35 *Trade mark avTnrtnr a C
1 Characterization of glycosylation state of P40 Cm-P40 (0.5 ug) was iodinated using the iodine monochloride procedure. 1251-Cm-P40 was separated from free 1251 by sequential gel filtration and cation-exchange chromatography. 125I_Cm-P40, untreated, reduced with 2-mercaptoethanol for 5 min at 95°C, or digested with N-glycanase F (Genzyme, Boston, MA, USA) or endo- off.-N-acetylgalactosaminidase (O-glycan-peptide hydrolase, Boehringer Mannheim) for 16 h at 37°C according to the manufacturers' instructions was electrophoresed on a 10-15$
gradient polyacrylamide gel in the presence of SDS. The gel was stained with Coomassie Blue 8250 using the Phast electrophoresis sytem (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) according to the manufacturer's instructions. 1251-Cm-P40 was detected by autoradiography using Hyperfilm, MP (Amersham, Buckinghamshire, UK).
Purified iodinated P40 electrophoresed as a single broad band of apparent Mr 32,000-39,000 daltons on 12%
SDS-PAGE in both the unreduced and reduced (2-mercaptoethanol) state (see Fig. 4, Lane 1 and 4) indicating that it is a monomeric protein. Endo- aC -N-acetylgalactosaminidase (O-glycanase) treatement of P40 had no apparent effect on the molecular mass (Fig. 4, Lane 3) but treatment with N-glycanase F caused a reduction in apparent Mr to 15,000-16,000 Da (Fig. 4, Lane 2). The lack of effect of O-glycanase indicates that P40 does not contain O-linked carbohydrate chains or that these sites are not accessible in the intact molecule. Since N-glycanase F releases carbohydrate moieties attached to asparagine residues (N-linked) this indicates that P40 consists of a protein core (Mr 15,000-16,000) with considerable amounts of N-linked sugars.
Murine P40 has 126 amino acids. The calculated Mr 1 from the sequence analysis is 14,150. The difference in the calculated Mr and the measured Mr for native P40 (32-39 kDa) can be attributed to N-glycosylation since upon treatment with N-glycanase F the Mr is reduced to 15,000-16,000 (Fig.
4). The protein sequence data provides information on the post-translational processing of mature P40. For instance, since no amino acid was identified at positions 32, 60, 83 and 96 (Fig. 10) and since these positions meet the criteria for N-linked glycosylation sites (i.e. Asn-Xaa-Thr/Ser), these data are consistent with asparagines being glycosylated at these four positions. Confirmation of asparagine residues at positions 32, 60, 83 and 96 and the COOH - terminal residue (Pro-126) was provided by sequence analysis of a P40 cDNA clone.
1 Analysis of N-terminal block in murine P40 The exact nature of the blocked N-terminus was determined by a combination of amino acid analysis, fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry, and peptide synthesis. These analyses indicated the N-terminus of murine P40 is likely to be pyroglutamic acid.
The methods involved in determining the amino terminal residue of P40 and a discussion thereof follow:
Method A. Amino acid analysis: Amino acid analysis was performed on a Beckman amino acid analyzer (model 6300) equipped with a model 7000 data system or by using the dimethylaminoazo-benzene sulfonyl chloride (DABS-C1) precolumn derivatization procedure using microbore column RP-HPLC (Simpson, et al., Euro. J. Biochem. 153: 629-637, 1985). Samples were hydrolyzed in vacuo at 110°C for 24 h with gaseous HC1 generated from 6M HC1 containing 0.1% (w/v) phenol.
B. Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry: Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry (Barber et al., Anal. Chem., 54: 645A-657A, 1982) was performed using a VG 70/70E-HF
forward-geometry double-focussing mass spectrometer (VG
Analytical, Manchester, UK) equipped with an Ion Tech saddle-field fast-atom gun. Sample was applied in 2 ul of 0.1%
(v/v) aqueous F3AcOH to the sample stage containing 1 ul of pre-applied mixture of dithiothreitol/dithioerythritol (5:1).
Xenon atoms at a potential of 8keV and a discharge potential of 1 mA were used for sample bombardment. Scans were performed at 40s/decade at a resolution of 1500.
Positive-ion spectra were acquired by multi-channel analysis mode using a VG 11/250) data system.
1 C. Peptide synthesis: Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc)-polyamide solid phase peptide chemistry was employed to synthesize two peptides corresponding to the N-terminal decapeptide of P40 (endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1) with either glutamic acid or glutamine as the amino terminal residue. The conventional Fmoc polyamide side chain protecting groups were employed: Trp (CHO); Arg (Mtr), Mtr =
4-methoxy-,2,3,6,-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl); Glu (otBu); Cys (tBu). Pentafluorophenyl (OPfp) esters of all Fmoc-amino acids in dimethylformamide with the exception of Fmoc-Arg (MtC) which was activated as an 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) ester, were employed for sequential coupling of activated amino acids on *RaMPS (DuPont, NJ) Wang resin. Peptide bond formation was generally complete within 120 min provided that the concentration of the OPfp ester was 2.5 x times greater than the concentration of derivatized resin and provided that one equivalent of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole was added to the coupling mixture in order to catalyze the reaction. Upon completion of the synthesis, the peptide was deprotected and cleaved from the resin by extended treatment with F3AcOH
(containing 5.4o thioanisol, 0.60 1,2-ethanedithiol). Crude synthetic peptides and their derivatives (e. g.
S-carboxymethyl-peptides) were purified by reversed-phase HPLC. The pure synthetic peptides chromatographed as single peaks on reversed-phase HPLC (Brownlee RP-300 column 30 x 2.1 mm, i.d.) and gave the expected amino acid ratios.
Peptides (30 ug in 100 ul O.lo F3AcOH) were acetylated with acetic anhydride by treatment with 6 ul *Trade mark ,..~, t.
~ ~ , N-ethylmorpholine (Pierce, sequenal grade) followed by 2 ul acetic anhydride (Fluka, puriss grade) for 10 min at 25°C.
Formation of pyroglutamyl peptides was accomplished by treating the glutamine peptide at 110°C for 16 h at pH 7.8 under nitrogen.
Discussion Analysis of three major Asp-N peptides (D1-D3) and the S. aureus V8 protease subpeptides of D3 provided 65% of the P40 amino acid sequence. Of the three peptides, D1, the single tryptophan-containing peptide was N d blocked, indicating that this peptide was derived from the N-terminal portion of the polypeptide chain. The amino acid composition of the N-blocked Asp-N peptide D1 was consistent with the tryptophan-containing tryptic peptide T1 with the N-terminal addition of two extra residues (Glx and Arg).
Fast-atom-bombardment mass spectrometry (FAB-MS) of Asp-N peptide D1 revealed a protonated molecular ion (N~i+) of mass 1248 which only corresponds to the amino acid composition of this peptide if the blocking group was assumed to be pyroglutamic acid. The nature of the N-blocking group was examined using two synthetic decapeptides D1 with either glutamic acid or glutamine at the amino terminus (see Fig. 7 and 12). As shown in Fig. 12, the endoproteinase Asp-N
peptide D1 and the pyroglutamyl synthetic peptide co-chromatographed on reversed-phase HPLC (retention time, 20.50 ~ -.2 min) and were well resolved from the glutamyl synthetic peptide (retention time, 22.70 ~ 0.2 min). After acetylation, the chromatographic behavior of D1 and the pyroglutamyl synthetic peptide was identical (no increase in retention time) while the acetylated glutamyl synthetic 3~ peptide exhibited a marked increase in retention behavior v . i (retention time was 28.97 ~ 0.2 min compared to the non-acetylated form, 22.70 ~ 0.2 min). The amino terminus of P40 is likely to be pyroglutamic acid since the amino-terminal endoproteinase Asp-N peptide D1 behaves in exactly the same manner as the synthetic pyroglutamyl peptide before arid after acetylation on reversed-phase HPLC. FAB-MS of the glutamyl synthetic peptide yielded a molecular mass of 1248 which was in perfect agreement with that obtained for Asp-N
peptide D1.
_58-r.. ~ ..rr r Biological Activity of Purified P40 Purified P40, at concentrations up to 20 ng/ml, did not support the proliferation of either IL3-dependent myeloid cell lines (FDCP-1, Ea3.15 and DA-1), IL5-dependent B cell lymphoma BCL1, or IL6-dependent B cell hybridoma 7TD1.
Unlike IL2, and to some extent IL4, it also fails to stimulate any of six cytolytic T cell clones tested (Table 3). By contrast, strong proliferations are observed with some but not all helper T cell lines. Both IL2-producing (TH1 type, TUC7.33) and IL4-producing (TH2 type, e.g., TUC2.15) clones are found among the responders. A
significant correlation, illustrated in Table 3 for clone TUC7.51, is observed between the time spent in culture and the responses to P40 and IL4.
c'~.bd . ~' . . . . . .
......~ .
-~. c ~. x .
n ~ 1 3 4 1 1 N . b ~' .
N n '-o N ~, O I ft O ~ '.,3 N
a O
a ~ n ~ ~ (D (' n. N- co H
n H
~ n N ~ n ' G O fD
~
p~ N
~ ~C (D N n ft r ~' a W .
w rt O
rt ~, ~ M
o H '~ '~ H H H H H ro ro ro b ro n n n ~ ~ .
~ n ~ n ~ ;- H
,..., .a W W
.
H.. V V1 tJ1 .' 1--1 Vt V7 n Wt V V N N N
' (D
W tn ..
.. ~" ~ v ~ w g o ~ O ~ E-' ~ ' t ~ H
.. a J ~ o _ ~' m ~ tr' n G ~ N
O W
~ Hr rt ( N
D
rt iu f... G7 O.
N N fD
f'f W W
O
rt rt ?
f'' f'h F
O O () N
o ~ O
O rt M ~ ~ O H
~ p I
..
ly 0 N ~ ~, ~'r' o n I--~ W H ' rTI
1-r N N ' W
~ O ~' C1 Vt tD W W ~D lJ O 47 ~ ~
V1 ~
W Q1 ~r . ~
O W ll~ W W
(J
rt ~ M
1-.-C ~ n r. ~..
rt .C M . O
rf N r'h h,. ti tt N O H
o r ~ w r , N
f'S N
'b rt ID
~
ft O '.C W
N ~ . a pt ~''' lTt W N V
. ' N
I" ' W 7 f-.
C1 .i a O
W N tD N N .~ .ta ~ ~ G t ~
. .
.p (p O
r-c-r ~ ~'' '17 ~
O N
N .
O H- ft ~ M
L1 0 'p O r -L a w ,. ~' N
.
rt o rt W
, o I-. ~ ~ c w o ~ ~-' f-. f-..
n o ~. ~-. ~-.
o . . . ~ O
O 7 ~p N N ~
y C1 CO N OD
1 Cloning and Characterization of the Murine P40 Gene Screening of cDNA library. Double-stranded cDNA
was prepared according to Gubler, et al., Gene 25: 263, 1983, using polyadenylated RNA isolated from P40-producing helper T
cells TUC7.51 after a 24 h stimulation with ConA (2.5 ug/ml).
The cDNA was cloned into the BamHI site of a pUC8 vector and transformed into E. Coli strain DH5. Transformants were screened by in situ hybridization with two end-labeled 20-mer oligonucleotide probes. For the initial screening, a 64-fold degenerate probe [5'-TGCAT(C+T)TC(X)GT(C+T)TT(C+T)TG(G+A)AA-3'] corresponding to amino acid sequence FQKTEMQ (positions 114-120, see text) was used. Positive clones were subsequently tested with a 129-fold degenerate probe [5'-GG(A+G)TC(A+G)TC(T+C)TT(X)AG(A+G)TT(C+T)TC-3']
corresponding to sequence ENLKDDP (positions 17-23, see text).
DNA sequencing. DNA was sequenced by the dideoxynucleotide procedure after subcloning into a M13 vector. Appropriate fragments were generated by digestion with Pstl and Ncol restriction endonucleases using the sequencing strategy shown in Fig. 5.
Characterization of cDNA and Construction of Expression Vectors. A cDNA library was prepared, in a pUC8 vector, from a helper T cell clone that produces large amounts of P40 after stimulation with ConA. This library was screened with two oligonucleotide probes synthesized on the basis of selected amino acid sequence data obtained by p ... . , r . . J , . r analysis of P40 peptides. Of 20,000 independent 1 transformants, 112 hybridized with the two probes. Most of these clones contained cDNa inserts of about 500bp. Using one of these cDNA's as a probe, a strong signal was obtained with a transcript of about 700 nucleotides in Northern blots of poly(A)+RNA isolated from P40-producing helper T cell clone TUC7.51. Poly(A)+RNA from P815 mastocytoma, which does not produce detectable P40 activity, gave no signal at all.
To establish that the selected clones contained authentic P40 cDNA, an expression vector was constructed.
Insert P40.2B4 was cloned into BamHI site of plasmid pZIPneoSV(X)1 (Cepko, et al., Cell 37: 1053, 1984) and transfected into Clone-ld fibroblasts (Kit, et al., Ex .
Cell. Res. 31: 297, 1963). Cell supernatants collected 48 h after transfection were tested for their growth factor activity on P40-dependent TS1 cells. As shown in Fig. 6, supernatants from cells transfected with P40.2B4 cDNA (closed symbols), but not from mock-transfected cells (open symbols), supported the growth of TS1. This result indicates that P40.2B4 cDNA presumably contains the entire coding region of p40.
The complete nucleotide sequence of the cDNA insert of clone P40.2B4 was determined, and is shown under "Detailed Description of the Invention". It consists of 554 nucleotides with a 5' untranslated sequence of 15 nucleotides, an open reading frame of 432 nucleotides and a 3' untranslated region of 107 nucleotides. The 3'-end terminates with a string of 18 adenine residues located 12 nucleotides downstream from an AATAAA polyadenylation signal consensus sequence. The 3'untranslated region contains 3 copies of the sequence ATTTA which is characteristic of transiently expressed genes such as GM-CSF, G-CSF, interferons, several interleukins, tumor necrosis factor, and oncogenes c-fos and c-myc (Shaw et al., Cell 46: 659, 1986);
two of these repeats at nucleotide positions 461-468 and 470-477 are part of an 8 nucleotide motif TATTTATT, which is also present in many of these molecules (Caput et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 1670, 1986).
The predicted polypeptide encoded by the cDNA
insert of clone P40.2B4 consists of 144 residues. This size estimation is based on the presumption that the first ATG in the sequence (nucleotide position 16-18) is the initiator codon, a view supported by the efficient expression of the cDNA in fibroblasts and by the presence of an adenine at nucleotide position 13, in concordance with the consensus sequence for an initiator ATG codon; an in-frame TGA
translation termination codon occurs as nucleotides 448-450.
The deducted P40 sequence is characterized by a hydrophobic N-terminal seuqence typical of a signal peptide. Because of the presence of a blocked N-terminus in the native protein, there is some uncertainty concerning the N-terminal residue.
Based on the probability weight-matrix described, (Von Heijne, Nucleic Acid Res. 14: 4683, 1986), the most likely N-terminal sequence of the mature protein would be Gln-Arg-Cys... This is consistent with evidence obtained by biochemical analysis of P40 peptides. Mature P40 would then consist of 126 amino acids with a predicted relative molecular mass of 14,150. The difference with the Mr measured for native P40 appears to be due to glycosylation as suggested by the presence of 4 potential N-linked -' 1341461 glycosylation sites and confirmed by the about l5kDa Mr of the native protein after N-glycanase-treatment. The sequence of P40 is further characterized by the presence of 40 cysteines and a strong predominance by cationic residues, which explains the elevated pI(10) of the native protein.
to Isolation of the Human Genomic P40 Gene The human genomic P40 gene was cloned using the murine a P40 cDNA clone as a probe. Briefly, a human genomic library was constructed in phage ~ GEMII with Sau3A-cut DNA
isolated from an EBV-immortalized lymphoblastoid cell line (LESS). A resulting clone (a H403A1) was isolated by cross-hybridization with the murine P40 cDNA.
' 1341461 1 Isolation of the Human cDNA for P40 A cDNA library was constructed with poly-A+RNA
prepared from peripheral blood mononuclear cells stimulated for 24 h with phytohemagglutinin and phorbol myristate acetate. The library was screened with a restriction fragment of the human genomic clone described in Example 10.
One of the positive clones was sequenced by the methods described in Example 10, and the DNA sequence with its deduced amino acid sequence is shown under the "Detailed Description of the Invention". Sequence analysis indicated that the murine and human P40 amino acid sequences are 55~
homologous.
a , ~ i i - n J . ~ n -66- 1 3 4 1 4 6 ~
1 Synergistic Effect of P40 and IL4 or IL3 The proliferative effects of co-culturing helper T
cells in the presence of P40 and IL4 or I13 was investigated.
TUC2.15N and TUC7.41 cells (5x1041we11) were cultured with suboptimal amounts of P40 in the presence or absence of a suboptimal dose of IL4 or close to optimal dose of IL3.
After 3 days in culture, the cells were pulsed with tritiated thymidine. The results in Table 4 indicate that the helper T
cells treated with P40 and IL4 or P40 and IL3 incorporated from about 4-40 times more thymidine than those cells treated with any one of these proteins. Thus, a strong synergy between P40 and IL4 or IL3 exists with respect to stimulating proliferation of helper T cell lines that respond to these proteins.
. . i r - r r, i. . r '- 1341461 Synergism between P40 and I1.4 or IL3 Cells P40 IL4 ~ ~ tL3 Thymidine Incorporation (U/ml) (U/ml) (ng/ml) (cpm) TUC2.15N 0 0 0 122 TUC7.51 N 0 0 0 1 20 TUC2.15N and TUC7.51 helper T cells (5x104/well) were cultured with suboptimal amounts of P40 in the presence or absence of a suboptimal dose of IL4 or of an optimal dose of IL3. The cultures were pulsed with tritiated thymidine after 3 days.
Claims (64)
1. An isolated biologically pure, mammalian T cell growth factor molecule which is a single chain glycoprotein having a molecular weight of from about 30 kDa to about 40 kDa and which supports interleukin-2 and interleukin-4 independent growth of helper T cells, wherein said single chain glycoprotein is P40.
2. The T cell growth factor of claim 1 wherein mammalian is murine or human.
3. The T cell growth factor of claim 1 wherein said glycoprotein has a protein moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 kDa to about 16 kDa.
4. The T cell growth factor of claim 1 wherein said glycoprotein is murine P40 having an amino acid sequence which comprises:
5. The T cell growth factor of claim 1, wherein said P40 is murine P40 having an amino acid sequence which comprises:
6. The T cell growth factor of claim 1, wherein said P40 is human P40 having an amino acid sequence which comprises:
MET LEU LEU ALA MET VAL LEU THR SER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
GLY GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS
MET
GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
MET LEU LEU ALA MET VAL LEU THR SER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
GLY GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS
MET
GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
7. The T cell growth factor of claim 1, wherein said P40 is human P40 having an amino acid sequence which comprises:
GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS MET
GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS MET
GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
8. The T cell growth factor of claim 1 wherein said protein is capable of augmenting proliferation of IL3 or IL4-responsive cells.
9. An active derivative or an active fragment of human or murine P40 wherein said activity is stimulating interleukin 2- and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells.
10. An isolated proteolytic fragment of human or murine P40 suitable for use in diagnostic assays for P40.
11. A method of preparing a mammalian T cell growth factor which is a single chain glycoprotein having a molecular weight of from about 30 kDa to about 40 kDa capable of supporting interleukin 2- and interleukin 4- independent growth of helper T cells which comprises contacting a helper T cell culture with an antigen or a mitogen for a time and under conditions sufficient to induce production of said factor and recovering said factor from said culture.
12. A method of purifying human or murine P40 which comprises contacting a culture supernatant of an antigen- or mitogen- stimulated helper T cell line with a hydrophobic chromatography resin, identifying and recovering a first fraction therefrom having P40 activity, contacting said first fraction with an ion exchange chromatography resin, identifying and recovering a second fraction therefrom having said activity, contacting said second fraction with a reverse-phase HPLC resin and identifying and recovering a third fraction therefrom having said activity whereby said third fraction is homogeneous P40.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein said hydrophobic resin is *TSK-phenyl chromatography resin, said ion exchange resin is *Mono-Q
chromatography resin and said reverse-phase resin is Cl reversed-phase HPLC resin.
chromatography resin and said reverse-phase resin is Cl reversed-phase HPLC resin.
14. The method of claim 12 wherein said activity is stimulating interleukin 2-and interleukin 4-independent growth of helper T cells.
15. Use of human or murine P40, an active derivative thereof, or an active fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of helper T
cells in a mammal.
cells in a mammal.
16. Use of human or murine IL3 and P40 or an active derivative or fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of IL3-responsive cells in a mammal.
17. Use of human or murine IL4 and P40 or an active derivative or fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of IL4-responsive cells in a mammal.
18. The use as defined in claim 16 or 17, wherein said cells are helper T
cells.
*Trade-mark
cells.
*Trade-mark
19. The use as defined in claim 15, 16 or 17, wherein said mammal is a human.
20. The use as defined in claim 15, 16 or 17, wherein the effective amount of said P40, said P40 derivative, said P40 fragment, said IL3 or said IL4 is from about 10 µg to about 1000 µg per kilogram of body weight per day.
21. The use as defined in claim 15, 16 or 17, wherein the use is intravenous, intramuscular, intranasal, intradermal, intraperitoneal, suppository or oral.
22. The use as defined in claim 15,-wherein a nucleic acid molecule encoding P40, an active derivative thereof, or an active fragment thereof is utilized.
23. The use as defined in claim 16, wherein a nucleic acid encoding IL3 or P40 is utilized.
24. The use as defined in claim 17, wherein a nucleic acid encoding IL4 or P40 is utilized.
25. Use of human or murine P40, an active derivative thereof, or an active fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of helper T
cells and treat immune deficiency in a mammal.
cells and treat immune deficiency in a mammal.
26. Use of IL3 and human or murine P40 or an active derivative or fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of IL3-responsive cells and treat immune deficiency in a mammal.
27. Use of IL4 and human or murine P40 or an active derivative or fragment thereof in an amount effective to stimulate proliferation of IL4-responsive cells and treat immune deficiency in a mammal.
28. The use as defined in claim 26 or 27 wherein said cells are helper T
cells.
cells.
29. The use as defined in claim 25, 26 or 27 wherein said mammal is a human.
30. The use as defined in claim 25, 26 or 27 wherein the effective amount of said P40, said P40 derivative or said P40 fragment, said IL3 or said IL4 is from about 10 µg to about 1000 µg per kilogram of body weight per day.
31. The use as defined in claim 25, 26 or 27 wherein the use is intravenous, intramuscular, intranasal, intradermal, intraperitoneal, suppository or oral.
32. A pharmaceutical composition for inducing proliferation of helper T cells in a mammal comprising an effective amount of human or murine P40, an active derivative thereof, an active fragment thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule which encodes human or murine P40, an active derivative thereof, or an active fragment thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
33. A pharmaceutical composition for inducing proliferation of IL3-responsive cells in a mammal comprising an effective amount of IL3 and human or murine P40, or a nucleic acid molecule which encodes IL3 and human or murine P40, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
34. A pharmaceutical composition for inducing proliferation of IL4-responsive cells in a mammal comprising an effective amount of IL4 and human or murine P40, or a nucleic acid molecule which encodes IL4 and human or murine P40, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
35. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 32, wherein the effective amount of said P40, said P40 derivative, or said P40 fragment is from about 10 µg to about 1000 µg per kilogram of body weight per day.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 33, wherein the effective amount of each of said IL3 and human or murine P40 is from about 10 µg to about 1000 µg per kilogram of body weight per day.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 34, wherein the effective amount of each of said IL4 and human or murine P40 is from about 10 µg to about 1000 µg per kilogram of body weight per day.
38. An antibody to the T cell growth factor of claim 1.
39. The antibody of claim 38 wherein mammalian P40 is murine P40 or human P40.
40. An antibody to mammalian P40, an antigenic derivative thereof or an antigenic fragment thereof.
41. The antibody of claim 40 wherein said antibody is polyclonal.
42. The antibody of claim 41, wherein mammalian P40 is murine P40 or human P40.
43. A method for detecting P40 in mammalian tissue, tissue extract or serum which comprises contacting said tissue, tissue extract or said serum with an antibody of claim 38 for a time sufficient for a P40 antibody complex to form and subjecting said P40 antibody complex to a detecting means.
44. A method for detecting P40 in mammalian tissue, tissue extract or serum which comprises contacting said tissue, tissue extract or said serum with an antibody of claim 40 for a time sufficient for a P40 antibody complex to form and subjecting said P40 antibody complex to a detecting means.
45. An isolated nucleic acid encoding human or murine P40 or a derivative thereof.
46. The nucleic acid of claim 45 wherein said nucleic acid is an RNA, mRNA, a cDNA or a recombinant DNA.
47. The nucleic acid of claim 46 wherein said cDNA has a nucleotide sequence encoding murine P40 which comprises:
48. The nucleic acid of claim 46 wherein said cDNA has a nucleotide sequence encoding human P40 which comprises:
CCGCTGTCAAG ATG CTT CTG GCC ATG GTC CTT ACC TCT OCC CTG CTC CTG TGC TCC GTG
CCA ~62 GGC CAG GGG TGT CCA ACC TTG GCG GGG ATC CTG GAC ATC AAC TTC CTC ATC AAC AAG
ATG ~122 CAG GAA GAT CCA GCT TCC AAG TGC CAC TGC AGT GCT AAT GTG ACC AGT TGT CTC TGT
TTG ~182 GGC ATT CCC TCT GAC AAC TGC ACC AGA CCA TGC TTC AGT GAG AGA CTG TCT CAG ATG
ACC ~242 AAT ACC ACC ATG CAA ACA AGA TAC CCA CTG ATT TTC AGT CGG GTG AAA AAA TCA GTT
GAA ~302 GTA CTA AAG AAC AAC AAG TGT CCA TAT TTT TCC TGT GAA CAG CCA TGC AAC CAA ACC
ACG ~362 GCA GGC AAC GCG CTG ACA TTT CTG AAG AGT CTT CTG GAA ATT TTC CAG AAA GAA AAG
ATG ~422 AGA GGG ATG AGA GGC AAG ATA TGAAGATGAAATATTATTTATCCTATTTATTAAATTTAAAAA ~~485
CCGCTGTCAAG ATG CTT CTG GCC ATG GTC CTT ACC TCT OCC CTG CTC CTG TGC TCC GTG
CCA ~62 GGC CAG GGG TGT CCA ACC TTG GCG GGG ATC CTG GAC ATC AAC TTC CTC ATC AAC AAG
ATG ~122 CAG GAA GAT CCA GCT TCC AAG TGC CAC TGC AGT GCT AAT GTG ACC AGT TGT CTC TGT
TTG ~182 GGC ATT CCC TCT GAC AAC TGC ACC AGA CCA TGC TTC AGT GAG AGA CTG TCT CAG ATG
ACC ~242 AAT ACC ACC ATG CAA ACA AGA TAC CCA CTG ATT TTC AGT CGG GTG AAA AAA TCA GTT
GAA ~302 GTA CTA AAG AAC AAC AAG TGT CCA TAT TTT TCC TGT GAA CAG CCA TGC AAC CAA ACC
ACG ~362 GCA GGC AAC GCG CTG ACA TTT CTG AAG AGT CTT CTG GAA ATT TTC CAG AAA GAA AAG
ATG ~422 AGA GGG ATG AGA GGC AAG ATA TGAAGATGAAATATTATTTATCCTATTTATTAAATTTAAAAA ~~485
49. A nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence of murine P40 which comprises:
50. A nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence of murine P40 which comprises:
51. A nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence of human P40 which comprises:~
-18~~~
MET LEU LEU ALA MET VAL LEU THR SER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
1 ~~~~~10~
GLY GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS
MET
20~ ~~~ ~30 GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
40 ~~~~~50 GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
60~~~~~70 ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
80 ~~~~~90 VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
100 ~~~~~110 ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
126~
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
-18~~~
MET LEU LEU ALA MET VAL LEU THR SER ALA LEU LEU LEU CYS SER VAL ALA
1 ~~~~~10~
GLY GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS
MET
20~ ~~~ ~30 GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
40 ~~~~~50 GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
60~~~~~70 ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
80 ~~~~~90 VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
100 ~~~~~110 ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
126~
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
52. A nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence of human P40 which comprises:
1 ~~~~~10 GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS MET
20~~~~~30 GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
40 ~~~~~50 GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
60 ~~~~~90 ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
80 ~~~~~90 VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
100 ~~~~~110 ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
1 ~~~~~10 GLN GLY CYS PRO THR LEU ALA GLY ILE LEU ASP ILE ASN PHE LEU ILE ASN LYS MET
20~~~~~30 GLN GLU ASP PRO ALA SER LYS CYS HIS CYS SER ALA ASN VAL THR SER CYS LEU CYS
LEU
40 ~~~~~50 GLY ILE PRO SER ASP ASN CYS THR ARG PRO CYS PHE SER GLU ARG LEU SER GLN MET
THR
60 ~~~~~90 ASN THR THR MET GLN THR ARG TYR PRO LEU ILE PHE SER ARG VAL LYS LYS SER VAL
GLU
80 ~~~~~90 VAL LEU LYS ASN ASN LYS CYS PRO TYR PHE SER CYS GLU GLN PRO CYS ASN GLN THR
THR
100 ~~~~~110 ALA GLY ASN ALA LEU THR PHE LEU LYS SER LEU LEU GLU ILE PHE GLN LYS GLU LYS
MET
ARG GLY MET ARG GLY LYS ILE
53. A replicable expression vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 45, wherein said nucleic acid is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence capable of effecting expression of said nucleic acid.
54. The vector of claim 53, wherein said vector is capable of replication in a eukaryote or prokaryote.
55. A microorganism or cell transformed by the nucleic acid of any one of claims 45-52.
56. A microorganism or cell transformed by the vector of claim 53.
57. Recombinant mammalian P40 or a derivative thereof.
58. Recombinant P40 of claim 57, wherein said P40 is biologically pure.
59. The P40 of claim 57, wherein mammalian is murine or human.
60. Recombinant human or murine P40 produced from the vector of claim 53.
61. A compartimentalized kit, for detection of P40, comprising: a first container containing an antibody to mammalian P40, an antigenic derivative thereof or an antigenic fragment thereof, and a second container adapted to contain a second antibody, wherein said second antibody is capable of detecting an antibody-antigen complex of said first antibody with said P40, said derivative or said fragment, and said second antibody is labeled with a reporter molecule and capable of giving a detectable signal.
62. The kit according to claim 61, wherein the reporter molecule is a radioisotope, an enzyme, a molecule is a radioisotope, an enzyme, a fluorescent molecule, a chemiluminescent molecule or a bioluminescent molecule.
63. The kit according to claim 61, wherein the reporter molecule is an enzyme.
64. The kit according to claim 63, wherein the kit further comprises a third container adapted to contain a substrate for the enzyme.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US246,482 | 1981-03-23 | ||
US07/246,482 US5208218A (en) | 1988-09-19 | 1988-09-19 | T cell growth factor glycoproteins |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA1341461C true CA1341461C (en) | 2004-10-26 |
Family
ID=22930867
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA000611819A Expired - Fee Related CA1341461C (en) | 1988-09-19 | 1989-09-18 | T helper cell growth factor |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US5208218A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0361284B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3223260B2 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE167519T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU621661B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA1341461C (en) |
DE (1) | DE68928710T2 (en) |
DK (1) | DK175845B1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2118058T3 (en) |
IE (1) | IE81152B1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL91691A (en) |
PT (1) | PT91750B (en) |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5208218A (en) * | 1988-09-19 | 1993-05-04 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | T cell growth factor glycoproteins |
US5587302A (en) * | 1988-09-19 | 1996-12-24 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | T cell growth factor |
US5414071A (en) * | 1989-05-23 | 1995-05-09 | Genetics Institute, Inc. | Human cytokine IL-9 |
US5580753A (en) * | 1989-05-23 | 1996-12-03 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | DNA encoding the human cytokine, interleukin-9 |
AU635377B2 (en) * | 1989-11-21 | 1993-03-18 | University Of Melbourne, The | Anti-inflammatory compositions and methods |
US5132109A (en) * | 1990-10-05 | 1992-07-21 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | Method for inhibiting production of ige and method for enhancing production of igg using interleukin 9 and inhibitors thereof |
US5250295A (en) * | 1991-11-04 | 1993-10-05 | The Regents Of The Univ. Of California | Natural killer cell enhancing factor |
AU5102993A (en) * | 1992-09-18 | 1994-04-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Dna encoding murine precursor interleukin 1beta converting enzyme |
TW257792B (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1995-09-21 | Lilly Co Eli | |
US5643881A (en) * | 1994-08-04 | 1997-07-01 | Tampa Bay Research Institute | Protein having anti-HIV activity and method for obtaining it |
AU2007202406B2 (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 2010-08-12 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Asthma associated factors as targets for treating atopic allergies including asthma and related disorders |
EP0846173B1 (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 2005-10-19 | Genaera Corporation | Use of an anti-interleukin-9 antibody for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of asthma |
US6037149A (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 2000-03-14 | Magainin Pharmaceuticals Inc. | DNA encoding human asthma associated factor 1 |
WO1998024904A2 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 1998-06-11 | Magainin Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Il-9 receptor variants, useful in treating and diagnosing atopic allergies including asthma and related disorders |
US20040219149A1 (en) * | 2001-06-08 | 2004-11-04 | Yuhong Zhou | Methods for the modulation of il-13 |
JP2005535572A (en) * | 2002-04-12 | 2005-11-24 | メディミューン,インコーポレーテッド | Recombinant anti-interleukin-9 antibody |
WO2004103295A2 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2004-12-02 | Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Interleukin-9 antagonist muteins and their pharmacological methods of use |
CA2710920A1 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-09 | Kalos Therapeutics, Inc. | Anti-proliferative compounds and their use |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4636463A (en) * | 1984-04-05 | 1987-01-13 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Antibodies to human interleukin-2 induced by synthetic polypeptides |
US5006459A (en) * | 1986-03-31 | 1991-04-09 | T Cell Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic and diagnostic methods using soluble T cell surface molecules |
US4935343A (en) * | 1986-08-08 | 1990-06-19 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Monoclonal antibodies for interleukin-1β |
US5208218A (en) * | 1988-09-19 | 1993-05-04 | Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research | T cell growth factor glycoproteins |
AU5827690A (en) * | 1989-05-24 | 1990-12-18 | Abbott Laboratories | Atrial peptide derivatives |
-
1988
- 1988-09-19 US US07/246,482 patent/US5208218A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1989
- 1989-09-15 US US07/408,155 patent/US5157112A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1989-09-18 DK DK198904588A patent/DK175845B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1989-09-18 CA CA000611819A patent/CA1341461C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1989-09-19 JP JP24328789A patent/JP3223260B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1989-09-19 AT AT89117317T patent/ATE167519T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1989-09-19 IL IL91691A patent/IL91691A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1989-09-19 EP EP89117317A patent/EP0361284B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1989-09-19 ES ES89117317T patent/ES2118058T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1989-09-19 DE DE68928710T patent/DE68928710T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1989-09-19 IE IE298389A patent/IE81152B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1989-09-19 PT PT91750A patent/PT91750B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1989-09-19 AU AU41563/89A patent/AU621661B2/en not_active Expired
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU621661B2 (en) | 1992-03-19 |
EP0361284A2 (en) | 1990-04-04 |
JPH034796A (en) | 1991-01-10 |
DK175845B1 (en) | 2005-03-29 |
AU4156389A (en) | 1990-03-22 |
IL91691A (en) | 1997-07-13 |
ES2118058T3 (en) | 1998-09-16 |
DK458889D0 (en) | 1989-09-18 |
DE68928710T2 (en) | 1999-02-11 |
ATE167519T1 (en) | 1998-07-15 |
US5208218A (en) | 1993-05-04 |
IE81152B1 (en) | 2000-05-03 |
IE892983L (en) | 1990-03-19 |
PT91750B (en) | 1995-05-31 |
DE68928710D1 (en) | 1998-07-23 |
US5157112A (en) | 1992-10-20 |
DK458889A (en) | 1990-03-20 |
EP0361284B1 (en) | 1998-06-17 |
PT91750A (en) | 1990-03-30 |
IL91691A0 (en) | 1990-06-10 |
EP0361284A3 (en) | 1990-09-05 |
JP3223260B2 (en) | 2001-10-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA1341461C (en) | T helper cell growth factor | |
Brown et al. | A family of small inducible proteins secreted by leukocytes are members of a new superfamily that includes leukocyte and fibroblast-derived inflammatory agents, growth factors, and indicators of various activation processes. | |
EP0790255B1 (en) | Monoclonal antibodies directed to the cytotoxic lymphocyte maturation factor | |
Uyttenhove et al. | Functional and structural characterization of P40, a mouse glycoprotein with T-cell growth factor activity. | |
US6331613B1 (en) | Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFS), the proteins encoded, and uses thereof | |
AU687763B2 (en) | Interleukin-6 receptor antagonists | |
IE883523L (en) | Interleukin-1 Receptors | |
JPH0884591A (en) | Nucleic acid consisting of nucleotide sequence carrying codefor polypeptide indicating activity of mammal interleukin-4 | |
JP2749838B2 (en) | Interleukin-7 | |
EP0409091A1 (en) | Antagonists of GM-CSF derived from the carboxyl terminus | |
US5731167A (en) | Autotaxin: motility stimulating protein useful in cancer diagnosis and therapy | |
EP0820512A1 (en) | New chemokine expressed in eosinophils | |
JP2001500382A (en) | Therapeutic compositions and methods for treating disease states with bone marrow precursor inhibitor-1 (MPIF-1), monocyte colony inhibitor (M-CIF), and macrophage inhibitor-4 (MIP-4) | |
JP4278710B2 (en) | Lymphocyte chemoattractant and uses thereof | |
US5750377A (en) | Process for preparing mammalian T cell growth factor P40 | |
WO1997010338A9 (en) | Improved interleukin-6 receptor antagonist | |
US20040110189A1 (en) | Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFs), the proteins encoded, and uses thereof | |
US7939635B2 (en) | Autotaxin: motility stimulating protein useful in cancer diagnosis and therapy | |
EP0556395B1 (en) | Novel cytokine | |
JP2001275679A (en) | Hematopoietic stem cell-growing agent containing macrophage migration-inhibitory factor |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20131028 |
|
MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20131028 |